Home

Nissan 2006 Altima User's Manual

1. Sit upright and well back WRS0031 A WARNING e The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section e The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death ina crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly w
2. WDI0488 QR25DE engine Power steering fluid reservoir Spark plug coils Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir M T model Air cleaner Battery Fuse Fusible link box Transmission dipstick A T models 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Radiator cap 11 Drive belt location 12 Fuse block 13 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 14 Engine coolant reservoir 15 Engine oil filler cap NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity ONOARWN gt Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ES WDI0489 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself VQ35DE engine Power steering fluid reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir M T model Air cleaner Battery Fuse Fusible link box Transmission dipstick A T models 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Radiator cap 11 Drive belt location 12 Fuse block 13 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 14 Engine coolant reservoir NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity ONOARWN gt ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant
3. 8 18 F M V S S certification label 2 2 9 10 Fog light switch 2 2 2 2 000 2 25 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 42 Fronitiseats 3 666 gai eee we we o 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel l bricants lt lt sa sra diarreas aa 9 2 Fueleconomy 000 5 17 Fuel gatige lt 2 ee ee ee k a 2 8 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 12 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 12 Fuel consumption gauge 2 10 Fuel econ button 0004 4 4 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver ss sasoe doana bra dai 2 42 Gas CaP cd eu atk aig EA E A qe E eee 3 12 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Engine oil pressure gauge a 2 9 Fuel consumption gauge n 2 10 Fuel gauge cb 8 eee el ete eS 2 8 Odometer cs 645 be ea ee ee es 2 4 Speedometer 000 2 4 Tachometer 2 2 0 0 000008 2 7 Trip Computers lt 24022 wala eect SY 2 5 Trip odometer 2 2 na ee 2 4 Voltmeter 2 0 0 000008 2 10 General maintenance 8 2 Glove OX e e soa ee ee ed 2 33 Glove Dox lock a retes ne ea oe E 2 33 Grocery hooks e sisa a oe a aam i aS aie a 2 36 H Hazard warning flasher switch 2 26 Head restraints 2 0 0 0 0 0004 1 7 Active head restraint 1 8 Headlight and turn signal switch
4. WDI0229 CHECKING PARKING BRAKE From the released position pull the parking brake lever up slowly and firmly If the number of clicks is out of the range listed see a NISSAN dealer 7 8 clicks under pulling force of 44 Ib 196 N CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL With the engine running check the distance A between the upper surface of the pedal and the metal floor If it is out of the range shown see a NISSAN dealer Distance A Under depression force of 110 Ib 490 N Automatic Manual Transmission Transmission 3 55 in 90 3 mm 3 31 in 84 mm or more or more Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function
5. 1999 1999 1999 so 63 gt JAF LIC0719 Display without navigation system Changing the display For vehicles equipped with trip computer and without navigation system pushing the change button changes the display as follows Trip A Trip _B_ Outside temperature Distance to Empty Average economy Average speed Elapsed time Trip A For additional information refer to Trip com puter later in this section Display with navigation system For vehicles equipped with trip computer and navigation system pushing the change button changes the display as follows Trip _ A _ Trip _ B Trip A Outside temperature For vehicles with navigation system refer to How to use the trip button in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio sys tems section later in this manual Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec ond resets the trip odometer to zero TRIP COMPUTER if so equipped The display of the trip computer is situated in the speedometer display When the ignition is turned to ON the display scrolls all the modes of the trip computer and then shows the mode chosen be fore the ignition switch is turned OFF Instruments and controls 2 5 Coa MODE TRIP A LIC0683 When the ignition switch i
6. LS yt A Met Lo O 0 Ley F N IPE SGN LDI0456 Type B 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0484 Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows Open the lid using a coin Remove the battery Install a new battery with the facing down Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then the a button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the xenon headlight bulb A W
7. CLOCK SETTINGS 1010 lt Hours gt lt Minutes gt GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust Daylight Savings Time LHA0273 Setting daylight savings time Use the Daylight Saving Time key to adjust the clock to daylight savings time ON The displayed time advances by 1 hour OFF The current time is displayed Adjusting the time to the GPS Select the Auto Adjust key The time will be reset to the GPS time Selecting the time zone 1 Select the Select Time Zone key The TIME ZONE screen will appear Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 TIME ZONE Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland LHA0274 2 Select one of the following zones depending on the current location Pacific zone Mountain zone Central zone Eastern zone e Atlantic zone Newfoundland zone After selection the CLOCK SETTINGS screen will appear The GPS time manual time corresponding to the selected zone will be displayed Pacific zone has been set as the initial default setting Beep setting With this option ON a beep will sound if any audio button is pushed 2 BUTTON To change the display brightness push the 1 2 button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT display Then adjust the brightness moving the joys
8. 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 17 1 29 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Precautions on supplemental restraint SV SILOM VG xk at Oe bk Seatac ds i om S Seay 1 34 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Prev button lt e c pia db gor a ee a a ii 4 3 4 3 Programmable features 4 6 Pushistarting lt 2 i 2 2 4086 66 bss it aed 6 8 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 42 Compact Disc CD changer 4 38 FM AM radio with compact disc CD CHANGED ose ed dee a a i 4 30 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M TESI oa e Sr ad 2 ae ee aS ae S 9 25 Rear power windows 2 38 Rear seat ee si a le a ae ee ee 1 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWitCh sa ea eh ea ae Re eS 2 20 Recorders Eventdata 2 2 80084 Heese os 9 26 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote keyless entry system 3 5 Reporting safety defects US only 9 25 S Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Child seat belts 1 17 1 29 Reporting safety defects US only 9 25 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Rear seat adjustment 1 6 Seat belt Child safety 0200 1211 Infants and small children 1 12 Injured Persone 24 e000 baa an 24 1 13 Larger children 000 1 12 Precautions
9. In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident Starting and driving 5 15 A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this 5 16 Starting and driving happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCE
10. LRS0451 Outboard position BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT CENTER OR OUTBOARD POSITIONS A CAUTION Do not use a lap shoulder belt automatic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts When you install a booster seat in the rear seat follow these steps Center position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be s
11. Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 24 Technical and consumer information AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan North Amer
12. 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT 2 18 Instruments and controls WIC0270 Security indicator light NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security indicator light is located on the instrument panel near the windshield The security indicator light blinks every 3 sec onds whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indi cates the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH WIC0854 SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer switch oper ates when the ignition key is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the kno
13. DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition Starting and driving 5 3 IGNITION SWITCH WSD0057 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the shift selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park
14. Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 41 p J ILEO i 0 LICO696 2 42 Models with sunroof Instruments and controls TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light goes off The light will go off after about 30 minutes if the trunk lid is left open unless the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position For bulb replacement procedures refer to Exte rior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeL
15. MAINTE NANCE Engine Oil Tire Rotation and Tire Pres sure if so equipped OFF Trip 1 trip 2 and fuel economy items To reset the TRIP 1 TRIP 2 and FUEL ECONOMY select the RESET key using the joystick and push the ENTER button or push the TRIP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Maintenance items You can set the engine oil and the tire rotation interval To display the setting of the maintenance interval select the Engine Oil or Tire Rotation key using the joystick and push the ENTER button 250 ENGINE OIL Driving Distance Reset 7 500 miss c 3 750 Maintenance Schedule 4 000 miles oO Display Maintenance Notification LHA0462 TIRE ROTATION 255 Driving Distance E Reset 7 500 miss c 3 750 Maintenance Schedule 4 000 miles O Display Maintenance Notification LHA0463 MAINTENANCE NOTICE PIT Maintenance of the Following Item is Due Engine Oil LHA0483 To set the maintenance interval select the Maintenance Schedule key by using the joystick and push the joystick to right or left To reset the maintenance interval select the Re set key using the joystick and push the
16. SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual ANISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and press the PWR power VOL volume knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio r
17. BASS MID TREBLE FADE BAL ANCE and SSV No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER if so equipped No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed to select satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the POWER VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off POWER VOLUME control knob Turn the POWER VOLUME control knob to ad just the volume This vehicle has Speed Sensitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driv ing speed changes AUDIO knob BASS MIDRANGE TREBLE FADE BALANCE and SSV Press the AUDIO knob to change the mode as follows BASS MID TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV To adjust Bass Mid Midrange Treble Fade and Bal
18. Measurement of weights 00 sees 9 16 Towing a trailer csieciwiiues aes case ee aed a ead 9 16 Maximum load limits 0 000 eee eee eee eee 9 16 Towing load specification 000e eae 9 19 Towing safety seri ctevitiviecketeetesteenesas 9 19 FlattiOwing cack siictwads e r EENE 9 23 Uniform tire quality grading ccs e eee 9 24 Emission control system warranty 0 008 9 25 Reporting safety defects US only 55 9 25 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 25 Event data recorders i200 scceee decades deawe nies 9 26 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 27 In the event of acollision 0 0 000 9 27 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 20 gal 16 5 8 gal 75 6 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Engine oil 9 Drain and Refill With oil fil QR25DE 4 1 2 qt 3 3 4 qt 4 2 QR25DE engine ter change API Certification Mark 2 3 VQ35DE 4 1 2 qt 3 3 4 qt 4 2 API grade SG SH Energy Conserving II or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving
19. ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Starting and driving 5 5 BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Vis
20. POWER WINDOWS AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Donot leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the windows is canceled Instruments and controls 2 37 LICO705 LICO695 LICO718 1 Power door lock switch 2 Window lock button 3 Front passenger side automatic switch if so equipped 4 Right rear passenger side 5 Left rear passenger side 6 Driver side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close all of the windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch 2 38 Instruments and controls Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding pass
21. 2 3 ILSAC grade GF Il or GF III 2 3 Without oil QR25DE 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt 4 0 VQ35DE engine filter change API Certification Mark 2 3 VO35DE 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt 4 0 API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving 2 3 ILSAC grade GF l GF ll or GF IlI 2 3 Cooling system With reservoir QR25DE 2 gal 1 5 8 gal 7 6 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent VQ35DE 2 1 8 gal 1 3 4 gal 8 2 50 Demineralized or distilled water Manual transmission gear oil 2 3 8 qt 2 qt 2 2 Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 Automatic transmission fluid Speed 5 Speed Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 10 Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid 4 Genuine NISSAN Matic K ATF 5 Power steering fluid PSF Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 6 Brake and clutch fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 7 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 8 Air conditioning system oil NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent 8 Windshield washer fluid 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation 2 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter r
22. 2 21 Headlight control switch 2 21 Heated seats 00 00004 2 27 Heater Heater and air conditioner GOMtOIS so ag ge ae ea E 4 11 4 20 Heater operation 4 14 4 14 4 21 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 42 Hood release 2 ee 3 9 HOM si ss seer ee ee BAe ee RO 2 26 l Ignition switch o so sed rege arad ap eu 5 4 Immobilizer system 2 0 0 2 17 3 2 5 5 Important vehicle information label 9 10 In cabin microfilter 0004 8 22 Increasing fueleconomy 5 17 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 0 0 0 0 eee eae 9 11 Instrument brightness control 2 24 Instrument panel 2 00 000 2 2 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 24 Interior light ise i eaa doe ewe ao ae a 2 40 Interior trunk lid release 00 3 11 ISOFIX child restraints 1 24 J JUMP staring aice 2 a ee hw Ba 6 6 K Koy scale alae ede Se ae ale a a 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement 8 30 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 5 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serial number a 9 10 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Warning labels for SRS a a 1 49
23. 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towi
24. Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Down shift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use overdrive Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gea
25. a i in n j ak oO Li J Cy a A l co ie We A 25 19 23 20 20 a9 18 16 26 Ae 14 1513 1312 WIC0902 0 6 Illustrated table of contents o 11 12 13 14 15 16 Driver center and passenger ventila tors P 4 11 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 21 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 40 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 34 2 26 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Cruise control main set switch if so equipped P 5 15 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 19 Storage if so equipped P 2 30 Glove box P 2 33 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 34 Heater and air conditioner manual or automatic P 4 11 P 4 20 Power outlet or cigarette lighter if so equipped P 2 28 P 2 29 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 27 Shift selector lever P 5 7 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 26 Storage or ashtray if so equipped P 2 30 P 2 29 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 43 Audio system controls if so equipped P 4 23 Ignition switch P 5 4 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 13 Traction control system TCS off switch if so equipped P 2 28 Instrument brightness control P 2 24 Trunk opener P 3 10 Meters and guages if so equipped P 2 3 Navigatio
26. air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Automatic transmission fluid level Check the level after putting the selector lever in P Park with the engine idling at operating temperature Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a w
27. bag status light ZIO High beam indicator 2 14 light blue SUNE Malfunction indica 2 14 SOON tor light MIL SLIP Slip indicator light if so equipped Traction control sys tem off indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard 2 15 indicator lights 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DeCAS wc aro thawte etweae EE E EOE ees 1 2 Child restraint installation on rear seat center Front manual seat adjustment 005 1 2 or outboard positions 66 eee eee e eee 1 19 Front power seat adjustment LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for if so equipped for driver s seat 0 08 1 4 CHildren system 0 26 60 60sec ee eee e eee 1 24 Folding rear seat 00 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 6 Top tether strap child restraint E san T ets 1 25 Head restraint adjustment 0 0s eae 1 7 mae restraint installation on front passenger 1 26 Active head restraint front seats 0 1 8 Fe eiei S Oe eee a BOOStEr SCatS ia iors Soler wisn dei ee i eae 1 29 Seat belied orean aeea idee a a Book 1 9 f Precautions on booster seats 00005 1 29 Precautions on seat belt usage 008 1 9 i i Booster seat installation on rear seat center Child safety 10 0 eet eee eect etter 1 11 or outboard positions u cece eee eee 1 32 Pregnant WOMEN 2 00 cece eee eee eee ee 1 13 Booster seat installation on front passenge
28. eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely o
29. later in this section Set the tire pressure to the normal cold tire inflation pressure when the vehicle speed or load is reduced Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level e Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire fail ure loss of control and possible injury e Increase the cold tire inflation pressure as indicated in Check ing tire pressure later in this sec tion when using the tires speci fied by NISSAN above 100 MPH 162 km h where it is legal to do so on
30. the interior lights will stay on for about 30 seconds when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob if so equipped a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob if so equipped a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is turned ON When the switch is in the OFF position the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged NOTE The door step lights illuminate when the driver and passenger doors are open re gardless of the interior light switch posi tion These lights will turn off automatically after about 30 minutes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged ACAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery MAP LIGHTS Q CD T T c cB WIC0289 Models without sunroof To turn the map lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION
31. the track being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed Whenthe gt I button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played When pushing the M or P button for more than 1 5 seconds each track will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the gt I button again CD select buttons To play another CD that has been loaded press a CD select button 1 6 CAT RPT When the CAT RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRACK RPT ALL DISC RDM 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT All discs loaded will be repeated 1 DISC RPT The disc that is currently playing will be repeated 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated ALL DISC RDM Tracks from all discs will be played randomly Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 39 1 DISC RDM Tracks from the disc that is cur rently playing will be played randomly CD EJECT Current disc Press the slot
32. the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag mod ule and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired e The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag pre tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel sirs seeves axccui nanwins seo ee en edys 2 2 Meters and gaugeS 2 0c cee eee eee eee nee 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 00 00e ee 2 4 Trip computer if so equipped eee 2 5 TACHOMELCR nid G a sie card oa TET 2 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 FUCI GAUGE i scream iasees needed aiwlgoms re eR dake 2 8 Engine oil pressure gauge if so equipped 2 9 Volt
33. tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves 4 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work St
34. 2 45 If your vehicle is stolen 0 000 ce eee eee eee 2 45 INSTRUMENT PANEL ak he a i in n j ak oO Li J Cy a A l co ie We A 25 19 23 20 20 a9 18 16 26 an 14 1513 1312 WIC0902 2 2 Instruments and controls o 11 12 13 14 15 16 Driver center and passenger ventila tors P 4 11 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 21 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 40 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 34 2 26 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Cruise control main set switch if so equipped P 5 15 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 19 Storage if so equipped P 2 30 Glove box P 2 33 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 34 Heater and air conditioner manual or automatic P 4 11 P 4 20 Power outlet or cigarette lighter if so equipped P 2 28 P 2 29 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 27 Shift selector lever P 5 7 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 26 Storage or ashtray if so equipped P 2 30 P 2 29 17 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 43 18 Audio system controls if so equipped P 4 23 19 Ignition switch P 5 4 20 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 13 21 Traction control system TCS off switch if so equipped P 2 28 22 Instrument brightness control P 2 24 23 Trunk opene
35. 2 5L engine Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 For 3 5L engine Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 For improved performance NISSAN recom mends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL QR25DE Engine e API Certification Mark e API grade SG SHEnergy Conserving II or API grade SJ or SL Energy conserving e ILSAC grade GF II or GF III 5W 30 Viscosity preferred See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual VQ35DE Engine e API Certification Mark e API grade SG SHEne
36. C Al low the engine to idle until the gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper ating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 9 26 Technical and consumer information 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission se lector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 8 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of comput ers that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help service techni cians with diagnosis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and airbag sys tems Some data about vehicle operation may be stor
37. FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light comes on if so equipped To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of win dow washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be was
38. Ib 5 4 7 3 N m 9 Install the engine cover 10 Connect the negative battery cable VQ35DE If replacement is required please see your NISSAN dealer for assistance 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself AIR CLEANER LDI0428 The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter Loosen the screw clamp Push down on the clips 3 Remove the air cleaner housing AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for chan
39. LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSteM 2 haw ee we ORE S R 1 24 License plate Installing the license plate 9 12 Light Air bag warning light 2 1 49 2 13 Brake light See stop light 8 33 Bulb check instrument panel 2 11 Bulb replacement 8 33 Charge warning light 2 12 Fog light switch 2 0 00004 2 25 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 21 Headlight control switch 2 21 Interior light i022 seals ae we ee aed 2 40 Light bulbs 60 004 4 cea een ad 8 31 Low washer fluid warning light 2 13 Passenger air bag and status light 1 43 Spotlights See map light 2 41 TRUNK QA sees sk we ad i e a 2 42 Warning indicator lights and audible FOMINdENS g ra cae Ga we Ee 2 11 Lights MapilightS s cit Woe dare ea is 2 41 Lock Child safety rear doorlock 3 5 Doorlocks arsi are Rbk a hee Bo 3 3 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 12 Glove boxlock o ss s meee sa aia 2 33 Trunk lid lock opener lever 2 2 3 10 Low fuel warning light aaa aa aaa 2 13 Low washer fluid warning light 2 13 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 12 M Maint maintenance button a 4 4 Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle o oaoaraa aaa 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle nannaa 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 16 Under t
40. NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe You can write to NISSAN with the information at dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to following information provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con For U S customers Your name address and telephone number Nissan North America Inc sumer Affairs Department using our toll free Vehicle identification number attached to the Consumer Affairs Department number top of the instrument panel on the driver s P O Box 191 side Gardena California 90248 0191 For U S customers g 1 800 NISSAN 1 Date of purchase gh erie ep dee issan Canada Inc 1 800 647 7261 Current odometer reading 5290 Orbitor Drive For Canadian customers Your NISSAN dealer s name Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 1 800 387 0122 Your comments or questions OR We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen hea
41. OLDIES NEWS SPORTS TALK ANY 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SEEK tuning 3 After selecting a program type Rysh the SEEK TRACK button 4 or for less than 1 5 seconds within 10 seconds Tuning to the PTY station will start If you do not push the SEEK button within the 10 second period the PTY mode will be can celed SCAN tuning 4 Push the SCAN button for more than 1 5 seconds to scan the PTY name stations and stop at each broadcasting station for 5 sec onds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Compact disc CD changer operation ACAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first press the LOAD button If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the POWER VOLUME control knob will start the
42. RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT All discs loaded will be repeated 1 DISC RPT The disc that is currently playing will be repeated 1 TRACK RPT The current track will be repeated ALL DISC RDM Tracks from all discs will be played randomly 1 DISC RDM Tracks from the disc that is cur rently playing will be played randomly Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 33 A lv FF fast forward REW rewind buttons When the TUNE FF REV amp or W_ but ton is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD returns to normal play speed hA A When amp is pressed while the compact disc is playing the track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press amp several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances 1 additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back 1 track If the play pattern is in CAT RPT mode when the button is pressed the next random selection will be played SEEK TRACK buttons CD scan 1 Disc All Tracks Press the SCAN butt
43. Seat belts coterie oen araea r ana E oT 7 5 Removing SpotS 6 cee eee teeter eens 7 2 Corrosion protection ccc cece eee 7 5 Underbody cee eeeee ence eee ee eens 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Gl S Siini Bitte a phe ddd dd atic anek 7 3 GOH OSO Mess cee dat eas kag cp denn pened EERE 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels 0 0c cence ee 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome paltSwccvcicnigateiveeeieeaeameneraae 7 3 CONMOSION c s0ctcteegea te eidienie yerets tenha 7 5 Tire GrOSSINGSiice20 02 ede taaee dane etekd ened as 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the v
44. The autolight sensor controls the autolight if it is cov ered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the key in the ON position your vehicle s battery could become discharged Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on andthe 0 light illuminates Pull the lever back to select the low beam Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the headlight switch is in the gt 4 or 22 posi tion the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes Instruments and controls 2 23 A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the 3Dd position Turn the headlight switch to the 20 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running light
45. US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AWARNING e The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to
46. a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result ina collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt
47. a race track for example Failure to increase the cold tire inflation pressure may result in tire failure loss of control and possible injury After such use readjust tire pressure e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT GOR T AGE DES 24EJS FRO LS IKUNI AVANT XXX kPa XX PSI P XXX XX R XX RTAR ARR ERE XXX kPa XX PSI TA SE REPORTER ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE Ol P XXX XX R XX SI SPARF TIRE PADE JE SECOS carn FESS OY JE COY AGE DES PML TIRI INI LATION A MANUT Da COND CITR XXX kPa XX PSI LDIO392 Tire and loading information label Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 m
48. accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom 7 6 Appearance and care e Neve
49. and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill Type B 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty QR25DE CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 WDI0493 VQ35DE 5 Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section AWARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as so
50. and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used ACAUTION Tire chains cables cannot be installed on P225 45R18 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on P225 45R18 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install P215 55R17 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be pr
51. are driving contact a NISSAN dealer for repair AT Automatic transmission check CHECK ee as warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is turned ON the light comes on for about 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the automatic transmission system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer BRAKE OF Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition key is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition key is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 2 12 Instruments and controls 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake ped
52. be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection dur ing a collision 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a LRS0464 low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seat back is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated AWARNING e Improper use of a booster seat can in crease th
53. casting station If using the up button once the highest broadcasting station is reached the ra dio continues in the SEEK mode at the lowest broadcasting station If using the down button once the lowest broadcasting station is reached the radio continues in the SEEK mode at the highest broadcasting station SCAN tuning Push the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window SCAN tuning begins from low to high frequencies SCAN tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pushing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops SCAN tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station Station memory operation Each preset mode A B or C has 6 presets capable of storing any combination of AM FM SAT if so equipped and FM RDS stations Press the PRESET ABC button to change be tween the presets A B C The radio displays icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets is active To store a radio station in a preset 1 Select the desired preset by pressing PRE SET ABC 2 Select the desired AM FM or SAT if so equipped station band 3 Tune to the desired station 4 Press the desired station select button gt 1 5 seconds 5 Abeep will sound indicating memorization is complete 6 Other station select buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if th
54. change the band to either FM AM or SAT satellite if so equipped radio stations When the FM AM or SAT radio select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the Power Volume control knob is depressed to ON No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the FM AM or SAT radio select button is pushed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception a v rere A WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driv ing so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation Use the amp and V buttons for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold the tuning buttons down A VW SEEK tuning Push SEEK TRACK amp or W SEEK tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which button is pressed and stops at the next broad
55. children for additional protec tion NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section Infants Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Small Children Children that are over one year old and weigh between 20 Ibs 9 kg and 40 Ibs 18 kgs can be 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation an
56. containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine 9 4 Technical and consumer information Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spar
57. e eee 8 32 Exterior and interior lights 0 008 8 33 Wheelssand tires iis ct catid ciate e peara 8 40 Tire pPreSSUrG pi adit ceed tidied gaqahanddentna 8 40 Tir labelinQeiiccrecs cena st mt eteed aie deems 8 44 Tite ChainS 1 4icasc2ee0 vadeadon eaeemnheind 8 48 TYPOS OTME Sosirea ne ndaece tale ane aden 8 47 Changing wheels and tires 0005 8 48 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NIS SAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op
58. eee eee eee 8 16 Brake and clutch flulid 0 0 0 cc eee e eee eee 8 17 Brake fluids icteccigtred aieet owes iaaeeaied 8 17 CICK MUG einean nenni EE Sai EAR 8 17 Window washer fluid scies csrres crsrecissrecsins 8 18 Window washer fluid reservoir 000 8 18 Batom sitter tc pa cust acon ada ar ence ge 8 18 JUMP Starting jock Gated hos acted taeda eei 8 20 Drive bels r errineid i esteri i er IEEE bale 8 20 Spark plugss ss si eransi teens adetnvawta dene enewh 8 21 Replacing spark plugs 00 e eee eee ee 8 21 All ClO Glis 2 0 ecoies ate renien ana almuald Renta aiagavann means 8 22 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 22 Windshield wiper blades 00sec eee 8 25 Cleaning sass becdideteaioraae oniern ener mee 8 25 Replacing ss isiiccriseveaiiede ruy aar hee dee ban 8 25 Parking brake and brake pedal 0 008 8 26 Checking parking brake 0 0005 8 26 Checking brake pedal 0 000 8 26 Brake DoOStel 2 2 cicoc dadede adda inca be amp 8 27 FUSES opper esmera e ENESE EEA EERENS 8 27 Engine compartment 00 ceee eee eee 8 27 Passenger compartment 0 ese eae 8 29 Keyfob battery replacement 0 0 c cece 8 30 IGM S icc saints aie EE Bare was ane mals 8 31 HeadlightSisicicicinseek E E steered anal 8 31 Front park turn sidemarker light 0 8 32 Fog lights if so equipped e cee
59. for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for the trunk lid glove box lock or rear seatback lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only r
60. from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START posi tions After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system This is to prevent acci dental inflation of the side air bag and c
61. improve vehicle stability while accelerating When the traction control system is operat ing the slip indicator in the instrument panel blinks If the slip indicator blinks the vehicle is un der slippery conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light and Trac tion control system TCS off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual e If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and Grr indicator lights come on in the instrument panel As long as these lights are on the traction control function is canceled The vehicle will behave like a vehicle without the system Starting and driving 5 21 AWARNING The traction control system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the traction control system may not operate properly and the OFF indicator light may come on e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs and bushings are not standard equipment or are ex tremely deteriorated the t
62. is securely locked 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRSO175 WRSO176 Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped A WARNING After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 WRSO131 WRSO163 Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion to the desired position FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped for driver s seat AWARNING e Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental
63. label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 3 961 Ib 1796 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 4 203 lb 1906 kg Maximum Towing Load from Towing Load Specification chart 1 000 Ib 454 kg 4 203 Ib 1906 kg 3 961 Ib 1796 kg 242 Ib 109 kg GVWR GVW Available for tongue weight 1 000 Ib 454 kg Capacity available for towing 242 Ib 109 kg 1 000 Ib 454 kg Available tongue weight Available capacity 24 tongue weight In this case more tongue weight capacity is available than is needed to pull the maximum weight trailer Remember to keep trailer tongue weight between 10 15 of the trailer weight If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Always verify that available capacities are under the re quired ratings TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION UNIT Ib kg MAXIMUM TOWING MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Canada only Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the ve hicle to help avoid personal injury or property d
64. must install a child restraint in the front seat follow these steps Position the child restraint on the front pas senger seat It should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direc tion and therefore must not be used in the front seat The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 WRSO159 WRSO160 LRSO457 Front Facing step 2 Front Facing step 3 Front Facing step 4 Route the seat belt tongue through the child Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the beltis Allow the seat belt to retract slightly Pull up restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended At this time the seat belt on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in hear and feel the latch engage retractor is in the automatic locking mode the belt child restraint mode It reverts to emer gency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0380 Front Facing step 5 Before placing the chil
65. not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driv er s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death ina crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS WPDO140 WPDO141 Slide the sun visor extension if so equipped in or out as needed ACAUTION Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open MIRRORS WPDO126 LPDO280 REARVIEW MIRROR The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity AUTO button OFF button AUTO indicator light Sensor on back of mirror 5 Sensor AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The ins
66. not show the current mode Use the keyfob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display screen control Keyless remote response lights This key allows you to change the hazard indica tor flash mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the mode will not be changed with the display Use the keyfob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display control Auto re lock time This key allows you to set the length of time before doors auto re lock Sensitivity of automatic headlights This key allows you to set the sensitivity of the automatic headlights Lower less sensitive automatic headlights will take longer to come on when the head light sensor senses less ambient light Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 Higher more sensitive automatic head lights will come on quicker when the head light sensor senses less ambient light Automatic headlights off delay This key allows you to set the length of time before the automatic headlights turn off after exiting the vehicle Speed dependent wiper This key allows you to turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func tion Return all settings to default When this key is selected and turned on using the ENTER button all settings made by VE HICLE ELECTRONICS will re
67. number 1 6 for the desired disc then press the amp button The com pact disc will be ejected If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload All discs e Press and hold the amp button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one by one If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or the amp button is pressed again during the eject sequence the entire disc eject sequence will be can celed When this button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer in CD mode only LHA0049 2 WHA0471 CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean adisc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Type A Volume control switch Mode select swit
68. oil filter by turning it by hand VO35DE A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the en gine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 4 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID AWARNING e When the engine is running keep hands jewelry and clothing away from any moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belts e Automatic transmission fluid is poison ous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children WDI0219 QR25DE engine TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS FOR CHECKING The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range on the dipstick after the following conditions have been met The engine should be warmed up to op erating temperature The vehicle should be driven at least 5 minutes The automatic transmission fluid should be warmed to 122 176 F 50 80 C 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself The fluid can be check
69. optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross Trailer Weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification
70. phones An access hole is provided at the rear of the upper half of the console box for phone cord routing to the power outlet To route a phone cord to the power outlet 1 Open the upper half of the console box 2 Remove the felt mat and then remove the cutout area from the mat Instruments and controls 2 33 3 Remove the access hole cover 4 Install the felt mat 5 Route the phone cord through the access 2 34 hole and plug into the power outlet Instruments and controls LICO702 Lower half Pull up on the passenger s side latch to open the lower half of the console box A power outlet is located inside the console box and there is stor age for compact discs r i a IL olf OH LIC0703 INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE if so equipped To open the storage tray push upward and re lease The storage tray will automatically move to the open position The inside of the storage tray can get hot Do not place objects inside which can melt or be easily deformed AWARNING e The storage tray should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Keep the tray lid closed while driving to help prevent conten
71. position the key cannot be moved to the LOCK position 5 4 Starting and driving To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the selector lever to the P Park posi tion with the key in the ON position 2 Turn the key to the LOCK position 3 Remove the key from the ignition If the selector lever is shifted to the P Park position after the key is turned to the OFF posi tion or when the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and
72. properly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges 17 1 2 5 6 7 8 PRESET PAUSE A B C MUTE T mix D FM AM A A SEEK i i TUNE TRACK FF REV V n PUSH VOL PWR 2 3 AUDIO CLOCK ZX 5 6 SCAN P SCAN T 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 LHA0447 PRESET ABC button MIX button Display CD select button FM band select button AM band select button CD eject button PAUSE MUTE button TUNE FF REV button 10 CLOCK button 11 Preset scan P SCAN button 12 AUDIO button 13 SCAN button 14 Station preset buttons 15 CD insert slot 16 PWR VOL control knob 17 SEEK TRACK button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped PWR VOL control knob Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position then press the PWR VOL control knob If you listen to the radio with the engine not running turn the key to the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing ONOARWN gt
73. restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When you install a LATCH system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments follow these steps AWARNING Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH system an chors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH sys tem anchors are obstructed 1 To install the LATCH system compatible child restraint insert the child restraint LATCH system anchor attachments into the anchor points on the seat If the child re straint is equipped with a top tether see Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instructions 2 After attaching the child restraint and before placing the child in it use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 3 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use WRS0435 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the provided anchor point First secure the child restraint with the rear seat belt Flip up the anchor cover from th
74. restraint system e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be re clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve hicle is stopped WRS0164 A R So TRE WRS0389 Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Lumbar support if so equipped for driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides lower back support
75. right to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defogging 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the DEF position 9 to turn it on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the manual fan control dial to HI e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean turn the air flow control dial to the AUTO position to return to the auto mode When the control dial is turned to the DEF 9 position the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside tem peratures above 36 F 2 C The air condi tioning system will continue to operate until the vehicle is restarted even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the GY position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The air recirculate mode automatically turns off al lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas senger compartment to further improve the defogging performance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Turn the fan control dial manually control th
76. speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on a
77. systems 4 23 the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna COMPACT OEE A LHA0099 AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player e Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot function when the compartment temperature is ex tremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work
78. the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width cause it is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 DOT t 1 XX XX t t 2 3 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XXX XXX XXXX t t t 4 5 6 WDI0396 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of Tire Identification Num ber 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufac ture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load r
79. to change from AM to FM reception The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception a v rere A WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driv ing so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Use the amp and V buttons for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold the tuning buttons down A VW SEEK tuning Push SEEK TRACK amp or SEEK tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which button is pressed and stops at the next broad casting station If using the up button once the highest broadcasting station is reached the ra dio continues in the SEEK mode at the lowest broadcasting station If using the down button once the lowest broadcasting station is reached the radio continues in the SEEK mode at the highest broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window SCAN tuning begins from low to high frequencies SCAN tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops SCAN tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station Station
80. to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tion in Technical and consumer informa tion later in this manual Starting and driving 5 17 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS H ca ca cy SS WSDO0050 AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire 5 18 Starting and driving e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmis sion models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac
81. under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury lt could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved porta
82. until the display shows SSV Press TUNE FF REV amp or V to change between Off Low Mid High Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play A lv FF Fast Forward REW Rewind buttons When the TUNE FF REV or V but ton is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed Al a4 SEEK TRACK buttons When amp is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press A several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances 1 additional track The track number ap pears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 When is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press several times to skip back several tracks
83. you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitters every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device dur ing the cycling process to prevent pos sible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the ga rage door etc To operate simply press the ap propriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted 2 44 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficul
84. 11 Emission control system warranty 9 25 Engine Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 6 2 0 0 0 008 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 10 Changing engine oil 8 11 Changing engine oilfilter 8 13 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Checking engine oil level 2 2 2 8 10 Engine compartment check locations 8 9 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Engine cooling system 8 9 Engine Gil s i ea a ere a ae he BA 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 12 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 10 Engine specifications 9 7 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 9 English metric button aoaaa aaa 4 8 Enter DUTEONS 3b eet dt eich ge eae rad 4 2 Event datarecorders 9 26 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Eyeglass case me e medok d d eee 2 31 F Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 26 Fatte eee rhe SO a ae ieee A 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Brake fluid ics c i aca 24 ese ee ee es 8 17 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 0 000 4 9 2 Cluteh AUG s is 5 6 oi wk wok ee alae A 8 17 Enginie coolant 2 2 3 sr eee og ce soe d 8 9 Engine Oil as acpi a au was bees ek 8 10 Power steering fluid 8 16 Window washer fluid
85. 4a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equiva lents ACAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order in mm cu in cm8 QR25DE Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 4 cylinder in line 3 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100 0 151 82 2 488 1 3 4 2 VQ35DE Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 213 45 3 498 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed M T A T in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle See the Emission Control Information label on the underside of the hood Spark plug Standard Hot PLFR5A 11 PLFR4A 11 PLFR6A 11 PLFR5A 11 PLFR4A 11 PLFR6A 11 Spark plug gap Nomi
86. 80 kPa 33 PSI pena P225 45R18 91Y 240 kPa 35 PSI 260 kPa 38 PSI Rear Original Tire P215 60R16 94T 200 kPa 29 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI P215 55R17 93H 240 kPa 35 PSI P215 55R17 93V 210 kPa 30 PSI aaa P225 45R18 91Y 240 kPa 35 PSI 260 kPa 38 PSI Spare Tire T135 70R16 T135 90R16 420 kPa 60 PSI N A T155 80R1 7 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall P215 65R15 95H R R 15 t t 4 5 WDI0395 Example Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 4 R The R stands for radial 1 P The P indicates the tire is de 5 Two digit number 15 This number signed for passenger vehicles not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches tires have this information 6 Two or three digit number 95 This 2 Three digit number 215 This num number is the tire s load index It is a ber gives the width in millimeters of measurement of how much weight the tire from sidewall edge to side each tire can support You may not wall edge find this information on all tires be 3 Two digit number 65 This number known as
87. 91 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine
88. ARNING ZAAHIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disas semble Always have your xenon head lights replaced at a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the Instru ments and controls section Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb Be cause the headlight assembly must be removed from the vehicle for bulb replacement see your NISSAN dealer ACAUTION e Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the plastic base when han dling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could sig nificantly affect bulb life and or head light performance High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Low beam Wattage 55 Bulb no H1 High beam Wattage 60 Bulb no HB3 9005 Alwa
89. D and or CD changer CD6 button When the CD6 button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play CD loading Press the LOAD button to start CD loading mode The following sequence will occur 1 If other discs are already loaded the disc number indicator on the lowest available disc select button will start blinking The display shows Select Disc 2 The display changes to Insert Disc for a maximum of 15 seconds 3 During the 15 second interval insert the disc The display changes to Loading Disc 4 The CD will play after the disc is set to a play position 5 The indicator changes from blinking disc number indicator to solid disc number indicator and the display changes to show the Disc number icon Disc number Track number and Elapsed time All disc loading 1 Press and hold the LOAD button until the radio beeps gt 1 5 seconds 2 The numbered disc indicator on the lowest available disc select button will start blink ing The display shows All Loading 3 The display changes to Insert Disc for a maximum of 15 seconds 4 During the 15 second interval insert the disc The display changes to Loading Disc 5 The indicator changes from blinking num bered disc to solid numbered disc 6 The disc number icon is turned on 7 Repeat steps 2 5 until all discs are loaded then t
90. Do not use axle mounted hitches The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch e To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment e Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted 9 20 Technical and consumer information Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights ACAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a di
91. EN TER button To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMATION automatically when set trip distance is reached select the Display Maintenance Notifica tion key and push the ENTER button The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen EN GINE OIL and TIRE ROTATION will be auto matically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition key is turned OFF the ignition key is turned ON the next time the vehicle will be driving To return to the previous display after the MAIN TENANCE NOTICE screen is displayed press the PREV button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen displays each time the key is turned ON until one of the following conditions are met RESET is selected e Display Maintenance and Notification is set OFF the maintenance interval is set again SETTINGS Help Display Vehicle Electronic Systems System Setting Navigation Short Menus Softer CI Guidance Volume Louder LHA0268 HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON To adjust the various settings within the display screen press the SETTING button After pressing the SETTING button a menu will be shown on the display screen which will allow you to program several functions such as t
92. Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back 1 track If the play pattern is in MIX mode when the button is pressed the next random selection will be played MIX button Press the MIX button to change CD play pat terns Repeat Mix Normal Play Repeat Press the MIX button lt 1 5 seconds once to repeat the current track The 1 icon is turned on Mix Press the MIX button lt 1 5 seconds again to start shuffle play of the current disc The MIX icon is turned on Normal play Press the MIX button lt 1 5 seconds again to return to normal play mode The MIX icon is turned off SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN button less than 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 seconds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode amp Eject CD 1 Press the amp button 2 The disc ejects Remove the disc If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload 3 The indicator and symbol for the disc are turned off 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 1 PRESET ABC button 2 LOAD button 3 Display 4 CD selec
93. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Own er s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements as sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and complete trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influen
94. FT ROCK TOP 40 COUNTRY JAZZ CLASSICAL OLDIES NEWS SPORTS TALK ANY SEEK tuning 3 After selecting a program type push the SEEK TRACK button amp or for less than 1 5 seconds within 10 seconds Tuning to the PTY station will start If you do not push the SEEK button within the 10 second period the PTY mode will be can celed SCAN tuning 4 Push the SCAN button for more than 1 5 seconds to scan the PTY name stations and stop at each broadcasting station for 5 sec onds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Speed Sensitive Control Volume SSV if so equipped Your vehicle has Speed Sensitive Control Vol ume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Press and hold the AUDIO button until the radio beeps to start the editing mode Press the AU DIO button until the display shows SSV OFF Press TUNE FF REV amp or V to change between 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Off Low Mid High Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position ACAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the C
95. ING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Technical and consumer information 9 15 e Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed
96. L button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift selector lever to N Neutral automatic transmission To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch e Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Ea
97. LRSO407 LRS0406 LRSO408 Rear Facing center step 1 Rear Facing outboard step 1 Rear facing When you install a child restraint in the rear seat follow these steps Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in structions 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear Facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing LRSO409 LRS0410 LRS0411 Rear Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts to emer gency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Rear Facing step 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Rear Facing step 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to pr
98. NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be ad vised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com Technical and consumer information 9 27 MEMO 9 28 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A Active head restraint 00 1 8 Air bag See supplemental restraint system ea sha ares He Se A 1 34 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impa
99. NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 27 TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM TCS OFF SWITCH if so equipped POWER OUTLET TCS OFF LICO451 wy ey C onb LICO714 WICO0699 The vehicle should be driven with the Traction Con trol System TCS on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the TCS reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the TCS off To turn off the TCS push the TCS OFF switch The Gee indicator will come on Push the TCS OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn ON the system See Traction con trol system TCS in the Starting and driving section 2 28 Instruments and controls Instrument panel if so equipped The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum ACAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Console e Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more
100. O167 Front CUP HOLDERS To open the front cup holders push the cup holder lid To close lower the cup holder lid and push down until it clicks in place The plastic insert may be removed for cleaning The rear cup holders are located in the fold down armrest in the rear seat back The rubber insert may be removed for cleaning 2 32 Instruments and controls Rear AWARNING The cup holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation A CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident WIC0374 GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle Use the master key when locking or unlocking the glove box The valet key cannot be used to lock or unlock the glove box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop CONSOLE BOX AWARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation LICO701 Upper half Pull up on the driver s side latch to open the upper half of the console box The felt mat may be removed for cleaning The upper half of the console box may be used for storage of cellular
101. PECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready con dition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you Technical and consumer information 9 25 AWARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine when the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points to
102. Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and Display screen heater air conditioner and audio
103. TS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air recirculation button should always be in the OFF posi tion for heating and defrosting 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Defrosting ii 4 i t Air passe Defogging gt through heater core Fan Temperature Air flow control dial control dial control dial In g FIN AIC Ett e Air recirculation Air conditioner button button Air i Fan ra ireulation A C Temp Air flow control button button control control Bi level Heating Air passed through heater core Air flow control dial Fan Temperature control dial control dial In g FEN 3 AIC Ett e Air recirculation Air conditioner button button Air Fan f circulation A C Temp Air flow control button button control control HOT RIGHT LHA0442 HOT gt LHA0443 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 Heating F Air passed through heater core Fan Temperature Air flow control dial control dial control dial In g Po Eo AIC OFF HL seg 222 e Air recirculation Air conditioner button button Air i Fan ra ireulation A C Temp Air flow control button button control control HOT LHA0444 Heating amp Defrosting 4 t Qa Air passed Def a through heater etogging core Fan
104. Temperature Air flow control dial control dial control dial h g FEN 3 AIC Ett e Air recirculation Air conditioner button button Air Fan f circulation A C Temp Air flow control button button control control HOT RIGHT 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Cooling if so equipped control dial Air recirculation button Air recirculation button Fan control Air not passed through heater core Air flow control dial Temperature control dial Air conditioner button A C Temp button control Air flow control COLD LEFT WHA0469 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic if so equipped LHA0480 1 Fan control dial 2 Air recirculation button 3 Temperature dial A 60 F 18 C B 75 F 25 C C 90 F 82 C A C ON OFF button Air flow control dial 6 Rear defrost button AWARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running of e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause s
105. UNE button 44 or PP or turn the tuning knob to right or left To move quickly through the channels hold either the 44 or PP button down for more than 1 5 seconds ra ci SEEK tuning Push the SEEK TRACK button M or PI for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Push the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window SCAN tuning begins from low to high frequencies SCAN tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pushing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops SCAN tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT Satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the preset select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Push and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 37 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable i
106. Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully LTI0027 LT10120 LT10028 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed as Loading Information label The label is located as shown shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE D LTI0109 Use the following steps to mount the front license plate 9 12 Technical and consumer information Make a shallow hole in each plastic finisher at the location mark small dimple using a 0 31 in 8 mm drill To avoid damaging the threads behind the finisher apply only light pressure to the drill Mount the license plate bracket using two of the four 8 mm slotted hex head screws Use the remaining two 8 mm slotted hex head screws to mount the license plate to the license plate bracket VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area o
107. ad carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING e The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury 8 50 Maintenance and do it yourself If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Re fer to Wheels and tires in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions e Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation
108. air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational eo Pv Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The
109. ake booster function Be certain to keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Clutch pedal Make sure the pedal operates smoothly and check that it has the proper free travel Parking brake Check that the lever pedal has the proper travel and confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or
110. al with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition key is in the ON position Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to
111. also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly In rare cases the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though the air bag is OFF If such situations happen properly position and restrain the occupant or child restraint Other wise reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If you have any questions about whether your passenger air bag is working as designed
112. amage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight e The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Sway control device Sway control devices are used to help control the effects of sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles Make sure the sway control device is compatible with the trail er s brake system Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg You may add Class trailer hitch equipment to the vehicle that has a 2 000 Ib 909 kg maximum weight rating but your vehicle is only capable of Technical and consumer information 9 19 towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification Chart earlier in this section CAUTION
113. ance Bi level heating This mode directs air from the side center and the foot outlets 1 Push the gt button to the off position aa 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the amp position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Whenthe position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The air conditioning system will con tinue to operate until the vehicle is restarted even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The amp 2 mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION if so equipped Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push in
114. ance press the AUDIO knob until the desired mode appears in the display Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the press the 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to the right or left Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Clock set For setting the clock see Adjusting the time earlier in this section Display CD text To change the text displayed while playing a CD press the AUDIO knob until Display Mode ap pears Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds The text will change as follows Track number Track title Disc title Track number Display satellite radio text if so equipped To change the text displayed while listening to satellite radio press the AUDIO knob until Dis play Mode appears Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds The text will change as follows Channel number Channel name Artist Title Channel number Pause mute button To mut
115. and closing windows if so equipped The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key toward the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 WPD0291 6 od A LS Z LPD0292 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock to the lock position Q then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps
116. ank interval within 1 program or there is no interval between pro grams the system may not stop in the desired or expected location Change disc CD if so equipped Push the SEEK tuning switch W or AN for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A CAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor recep tion or noise When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 41 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING e Acellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving veh
117. ansmission damage could occur On the 5 speed manual transmission you cannot shift directly from 5th gear into R Reverse First shift into N Neutral then into R Reverse LSD0133 6 speed On the 6 speed manual transmission to back up lift up on the collar just below the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 1st shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 1st Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1219 ml For QR25DE GEAR CHANGE ACCEL shift CRUISE shift point MPH point MPH km h km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 18 29 8rd to 4th 36 58 30 48 4th to 5th 40 64 39 62 For VO35DE GEAR CHANGE ACCEL shift CRUISE shift point MPH point MPH km h km h 1st to 2nd 13 21 13 21 2nd to 3rd 23 37 16 26 3rd to 4th 33 53 27 44 4th to 5th 39 63 36 58 For VO35DE SE R GEAR CHANGE ACCEL shift CRUISE shift point MPH point MPH km h km h 1st to 2nd 13 21 13 21 2
118. anti lock braking system is a so phisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces but re member that the stopping distance on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock braking system Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness Al ways maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and oth ers rests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the speci fied size of tires on all four wheels e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as speci fied on the tire placard For tire placard location information refer to Tire plac ard in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM TCS if so equipped When accelerating on slippery surfaces the tire may spin or slip With the vehicle traction control system TCS sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help
119. ap light 10 Trunk light 3 4 Glove box light 3 4 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Map light Interior light Step light Fog light if so equipped Rear combination light License plate light Trunk light High mount stoplight if so equipped Headlamp assembly OANDARWN LDI0419 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0263 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation WDI0233 Ne WDI0234 Use a cloth to protect the interior light hous ing Interior light Step light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 S AA GA C os CC Y pd S SS WDI0451 Map light Models with sunroof Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 OO O_O oso 5 OO eea ED Rear combination light To access the bulbs in the rear combination light Remove the 2 fasteners Carefully push back the carpet Remove the 2 nuts and pull out the rear combination light Rotat
120. ar keys LRSO225 WRS0167 WRS0133 To fold down the driver side of the rear seat reach through the opening and pull on the strap located behind the seat The rear seats can be locked using the master key to prevent unauthorized access The valet key cannot be used to lock or unlock the release button For more information on keys refer to Keys in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section of this manual Center armrest Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down AWARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop erly as they may provide significant pro tection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 WRSO134 SPA1025 Adjust the head restraint so the center is leve with the center of your ears ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front seats AWARNING e Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effec tiveness of the active head restraint Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident 1 8 Saf
121. ate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and chil dren should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details Do not lean against the door Do not lean against the door SSS0101 SSS0188 Do not lean against the door Do not lean against the door A WARNING Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag if so equipped e The supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal im pact rear impact rollover or lower se verity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 1 40 AWARNING The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear ou
122. ating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum
123. avoid possible tire or differen tial damage e Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar e With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle e Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yours
124. ays sio ie deiei ia ar a 2 34 Sunglasses Case eae ee 2 31 Sunglasses holder 00 2 31 SUMOO e oa eda et Bob iien a 2 39 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 49 2 13 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 42 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 49 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSUGIM a ea en Bike Ge ide th a a ea 1 34 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 2 1 34 Switch Autolight switch 2 2 22 0 2 22 Automatic power window switch 2 39 Fog light switch 00 2 25 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 26 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 21 Headlight control switch 2 21 Ignition sWitch 2 5 4 224 ee eda el 5 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIC ha Gedo awh eee aera ee 2 20 Traction control system TCS off SWIG sss ee ee a 2 28 Turn signal switch 00 2 25 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 T Tachometer sa e rsa aaa repona aad 2 7 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start aaa 2 17 3 2 5 5 Three way catalyst o oo 5 2 Tire Flattire s s eos sos eee dae ad A 6 2 Spare tires s pae aee ee ke we a 6 3 8 51 Tire chains s seors eee ee ee eee 8 48 Tire placatdts i aaie ae ee he eS 9 11 Tire pressure 2 anaana ee 8 40 WW sFOtAtlOM s gt s a an pices e ait as ae 8 48 Types oftire
125. b is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 M q LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 4 Push the button on the keyfob All Close the hood trunk lid and all doors the doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked f a door is open and you push the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep once Refer to 7 t Silen
126. b toward Slower or Faster Also for vehicles equipped with speed dependent wipers the intermittent operation speed varies in accor dance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermit tent operation speed will be faster NOTE You can turn on or turn off the speed de pendent wiper function if so equipped Refer to Vehicle electronic systems ve hicles with navigation system in the Dis play screen heater air conditioner and au dio systems section later in this manual Low continuous low speed operation High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up to have one sweep opera tion of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to t
127. ble fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION e If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator light MIL to illumi SERVICE 4 nate If the ENGINE light illuminates be cause the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle SERVICE The ENGINE light should turn off after a SOON SERVICE few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see the Malfunction indicator light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section earlier in this manual TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN WPD0234 TILT OPERATION Pull the lock lever forward and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 TELESCOPIC OPERATION Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel forward or backward to the desired position Pull the lock lever up firmly to lock the steering wheel in place AWARNING Do
128. bs P 8 31 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 19 Windshield P 8 25 Power windows P 2 37 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 3 5 3 2 Mirrors P 3 15 Tire pressure P 8 40 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 48 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 25 Tie down towing hooks P 6 11 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR Wake lt a LI10023 0 4 Illustrated table of contents Ooh on N Rear window defroster switch P 2 20 Trunk lid P 3 10 Vehicle loading P 9 12 Interior trunk lid release P 3 11 Replacing bulbs P 8 31 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 12 P 9 3 Fuel filler door P 3 12 Child safety locks P 3 5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT LI10026 OO N Oe 12 Glove box P 2 33 Automatic anti glare inside mirror if so equipped P 3 15 Sun visors P 3 14 Interior lights illuminated entry P 2 40 Front seat P 1 2 Sunroof if so equipped P 2 39 Interior trunk access P 1 6 Rear seat P 1 6 Front console P 2 33 Front cup holders P 2 32 Parking brake parking on hills P 5 14 P 5 18 HomeLink if so equipped P 2 42 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL ak he
129. bserve the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side wh
130. ce of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this owner s manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used
131. ch Audio power on off switch 4 Audio tuning Up Down STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped w N gt al 2 3 2 MODE TRIP A 4 s VY LHA0450 Type B Volume control switch Mode select switch Trip Audio tuning Up Down POWER on off switch Type A With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off Trip set Type B For information on using the trip computer see Trip computer in the Instrument and controls section of this owner s manual aae og ae MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the modes PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C CD Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume Tuning Memory change radio While in one of the preset radio station banks A B or C push the tuning switch W or for less than 1 5 seconds to change to the next preset station in memory Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch or _ for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch or _ for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks This system searches for the blank intervals be tween selections If there is a bl
132. ch time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated
133. child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH system anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH system This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat ible child restraints Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustration for the seating positions equipped with LATCH system anchors which can be used to secure the child restraint LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation in structions When installing a child
134. cing the horn beep feature later in this section for details a Unlocking doors LPDO210 Push the M button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the center O position with the ignition key in any position except the ON position Push the M button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds All doors unlock The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning to the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock When the ff button on the keyfob is pushed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened e A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the key is turned from OFF to ON WPDO319 3 Lf ao e LPD0211 Releasing the trunk lid Push the hami button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second to open the trunk lid The trunk release button on the keyfob will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position T
135. compact disc LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer press the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pressing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer press the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with the com pact disc loaded with the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play lt lt gt REW Rewind FF Fast Forward When the 44 rewind or gt gt fast forward button is pushed while a compact disc is playing the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the compact disc loaded with the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play ra SEEK TRACK Whenthe M button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing
136. could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children e The booster battery must be rated at 12 volis Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle 6 6 Incase of emergency Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it Vehicle Being jump started OW _ ess REA Vehicle with Leto for i Cloth Zia booster WCE0054 A WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 3 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring t
137. ct air bagrsystem i cose ba wack eas 1 42 Air bag warning light 2 2 00 1 49 2 13 Air cleaner housing filter 8 22 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 15 4 15 Air conditioner service 4 22 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 6 Heater and air conditioner Controls e e ea a ae ae Hal 2 4 11 4 20 Servicing air conditioner 4 22 Air flow charts 0 eee 4 16 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 16 Anchor pointlocations 1 26 Atenia 6 hoa ee ew ee ae ee aD 4 41 Anti lock brake warning light 2 11 Anti lock braking system ABS 5 20 AIMIROStS sa s ei a he er ade ee 1 7 Audible reminders 0004 2 15 Audio system 2 2 ee ee 4 23 Compact Disc CD changer 4 38 FM AM radio with compact disc CD CHANGER seci fae ie wa ee d 4 30 Radio wos oc ake ee ed 4 23 Autolight switch oes s cong ae m eee 2 22 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 39 Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Automatic transmission position indicator ligt ei essere ahs ar E Ake large Se pent eA 2 14 Transmission selector lever lock FEl6ASG us wae Boe ak ae a 5 11 B Battes s sx eet Pas bh hei ae A 8 18 Charge warning light 2 12 Belts See drive belts 8 20 Booster Seats i ooe haan Gon ke a 1 29 Bra
138. d buckle tongue must be secured LRS0413 LRSO412 Front Facing center step 1 Front Facing outboard step 1 Front facing When you install a child restraint in the rear seat follow these steps Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in structions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0250 LRS0458 Front Facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor i
139. d do it yourself 8 9 CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT ANISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE OIL WDI0211 mT WDI0212 QR25DE CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL f Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan VQ35DE 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way wb10213 A O WDI0214 WDI0492 Type A 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High
140. d fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch sys tems The use of improper fluids can dam age the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water LDIO079 LDI0080 BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer CLUTCH FLUID Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added fre quently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 WINDOW WASHER FLUID WDI0223 WINDOW WASHER
141. d in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a differ ent child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The passenger air bag status light Ate should illuminate If this light is not illumi nated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS AWARNING e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate c
142. d use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The sea
143. de is automatically selected and the digits blink in or der to draw the driver s attention Press the trip or change button if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred The dte mark dte will remain blinking until the vehicle is refueled When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to NOTE e If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the dis play just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may continue to be dis played When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Average fuel consumption mpg or 1 1 00km The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the trip or change button for more than approximately 1 second The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset the display shows Average speed mph or km h The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since last reset Resetting is done by pressing the trip or change button for more than approximately 1 second The display is up dated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows Journey time The journey time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pressing the trip or change button for more than a
144. designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When automatic locking mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system fully retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode See Child re straints later in this section for more information The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension It can also change the operation of the front passen ger air bag See Front passenger air ba
145. e restraint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e If you must install a front facing child restraint in the front seat see Child restraint installation on front passenger seat later in this section When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident ACAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT CENTER OR OUTBOARD POSITIONS AWARNING e The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint e Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision e When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue an
146. e NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat e NISSAN recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat e An improperly installed child restraint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt In addition this vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child re straints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section Child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes are offered by several manufactur Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 ers When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 C
147. e anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest installation Tighten the strap according to the manufactur er s instructions to remove any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 AWARNING Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf finisher If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your NISSAN dealer for details WRS0256 Move seat fully back WRS0378 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT AWARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags in flate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the fr
148. e fan speed left or right to Turn the control dial to the AUTO position to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button gt to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the switch will come on The air recirculation button will not be activated when the air conditioner is in DEF mode Air flow control Turning the air flow control dial away from AUTO selects the air outlet to gt e Air flows from center and side n ventilators 4 Airflows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets 7 Air flows mainly from foot outlets p4 Air flows from defroster and foot outlets GY Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 To turn system off Turn the fan control dial to the OFF position OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally LHA0457 The sunload sensor located on the top driver s side of the instrument panel helps the system maintain a constant temperature Do not put any thing on or around this sensor 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems
149. e ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light does not come on or does not go off have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer Tes Traction control system off indicator light if so equipped This indicator light comes on when the traction control off switch is pushed to OFF This indi cates the traction control system is not operating Push the traction control off switch again or re start the engine and the system will operate nor mally See Traction control system TCS in the Starting and driving section of this manual The traction control light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the traction control system TCS is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indica tor light while you are driving have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the traction control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerat ing but this is normal a Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brak
150. e or pause the audio sound push the PAUSE MUTE button Radio mute will flash in the display screen To release the mute or pause push the button again FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pressing the FM AM or SAT radio select button will change the band to either FM AM or SAT satellite if so equipped radio stations When the FM AM or SAT radio select button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the POWER VOLUME control knob is pressed on No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the FM AM or SAT radio select button is pushed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception lt q Dp TUNE Tuning AWARNING The radio should not be tuned while driv ing so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation To manually tune the radio push the T
151. e pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Instruments and controls 2 15 Light reminder chime With the ignition switch in the OFF position a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle 2 16 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS LICO301 Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system if so equipped NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when una
152. e radio fuse opens the radio memory is canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SAT radio encoded within a regular radio broad cast Currently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 31 Program type PTY PTY can be used to search for a certain program type Certain areas have a limited number of stations that transmit RDS Many stations trans mit call letters and frequencies only Searching or scanning by program type may yield a limited number of selections When CAT RPT button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds during FM or SAT if so equipped mode the PTY name of the current tuned station is displayed During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE To change the PTY 1 Press the CAT RPT button 2 Press the TUNE FF REV amp or up down button to chose a specific program type ROCK CLASSIC ROCK SO
153. e registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION LT10025 WT10037 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 WT10096 WT10049 LTI0026 QR25DE engine VQ35DE engine ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross
154. e risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle Follow all of the booster seat manufac turer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle lt may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases e Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the booster seat but as upright as possible e After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen e Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation on front passenger seat later in this section e When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 LRSO452
155. e seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer e All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information i
156. e sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could
157. e the bulb s counterclockwise and pull out to remove Turn signal light Sidemarker light Tail stop light Backup light WDI0238 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 WDI0320 WDI0343 High mounted stop light Rear window 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself Trunk light WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds If the tires are used at speeds above 100 mph 162 km h where it is legal to do so on a race track for example the cold tire inflation pressure must be increased Re fer to Checking tire pressure
158. ear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section e Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the Sit upright and well back risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates ARS1133 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ARS1041 ARS 1042 ARS1043 AWARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 ARS1044 ARS 1045 ARS1046 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact air bags infl
159. eception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 miles 40 48 km with monaural single chan nel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift
160. ecognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 23 oto lt WPD0129 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front Q of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Opening
161. ecommendations 3 For further details see Recommended SAE viscosity number 4 DEXRON IIl MERCON or equivalent may also be used Outside the Continental United States and Alaska contact a NISSAN dealership for more information regarding suitable fluids including recommended brand s of DEXRON III MERCON Automatic Transmission Fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze fluid or equivalent 5 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic K ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warrant N Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF D 6 For Canada NISS 7 Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer 8 For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations EXRON IIl MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 9 For further details see Engine Oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 10 See you NISSAN dealer for service 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION For 2 5L engine Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 For 3 5L Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index
162. ed Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The SF light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe KF light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction indicator light blinking An en gine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Slip indicator light if so equipped This indicator light will blink when the traction control system is limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if the slip indicator blinks on If this happens adjust your driving accordingly The slip indicator light also comes on when you turn th
163. ed at fluid tempera tures of 86 122 F 30 50 C using the COLD range on the dipstick after the engine is warmed up and before driving However the fluid should be re checked using the HOT range Park the vehicle on a level surface and set the parking brake Start the engine and then move the shift selector lever through each gear range end ing in P Park Check the fluid level with the engine idling WDI0221 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean with lint free paper 5 Reinsert the dipstick into the dipstick tube as far as it will go 6 Remove the dipstick and note the reading If the automatic transmission fluid level is within the normal operating range no additional fluid is required If the fluid level is low add fluid through the dipstick tube A CAUTION DO NOT OVERFILL Use ONLY Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid DEXRON III MERCON or equivalent may also be used Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact a NISSAN deal ership for more information regarding suitable fluids including recommended brand s of DEXRON III MERCON au tomatic transmission fluid NOTE If the vehicle has been driven for a long time at high speeds or in city traffic in hot weather or if it is being used to pull a trailer the fluid level cannot be read accu rately You should wait until the
164. ed in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example vehicle speed brake application steering angle air bag readiness air bag perfor mance and seat belt use by the driver or passen ger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 94
165. ed within 15 seconds the disc will reload 4 The indicator and symbol for the disc are turned off All discs 1 Press and hold the amp button until the radio beeps gt 1 5 seconds 2 The display then shows All Disc Eject 3 When a disc is removed the indicator and disc icon will be turned off and then the next disc will emerge and so on 4 The display will be turned off after all discs are ejected and removed If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or if far F the amp button is pressed again during the SEEK i Eject sequence the entire disc Eject sequence E Track PM MUTE b will be canceled TUNE CRT F se FE RPT 5 _ haved cD FM AM SAT scan 10 f i 1 6 8 9 CD6 CHANGER 11 Loap n 3 4 13 POWER 12 AUDIO 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 16 fae RDS TUNE CHANNEL 15 LHA0468 1 SEEK TRACK change button 7 FM band select button 2 TUNE REW FF button 8 AM band select button 3 PAUSE MUTE button 9 SAT satellite radio select button 4 CAT RPT button 10 SCAN button 5 PRESET A B C select button 11 LOAD button 6 CD play button 12 CD insert slot Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 35 13 CD eject button 14 POWER VOLUME control knob 15 Station and CD select buttons 1 6 16 Tuning and AUDIO control knob
166. eering will be harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brakes and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 19 AWARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in o
167. ehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do
168. elf 8 51 MEMO 8 52 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation sesi rordsis syrin owvreressk 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity number 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations eceeee eee eee e eee 9 6 Specifications 2 cirevietsetemoerressoeteateh 9 7 ENGiING so ti seeteiarcdebe rien ya EEEE Ee 9 7 Wheels and tires 0c cece 9 8 Dimensions and weights e eee eae 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY cerren sepesi otedes baneee sae ede 9 9 Vehicle identification 0 cece eee eee eee 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number chassis number 00c cece eee eee eeaeee 9 9 Engine serial number 00000se eee ee eee 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 11 Tire and loading information label 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate 0c 9 12 Vehicle loading information 0 0c sees 9 12 TSMMS o ce eracs sere eeere asio apen eee aii 9 12 Vehicle load capacity 00 eee 9 14 Loading TPS ssc cierece wissahciave nen ssn rinne Reale 9 15
169. eltillerCapicstis juiaxs iiien aa oE r niesi 3 12 Locking with key sssssssssrsrrrrrerrrrrerrns 3 3 Tilting telescopic steering column 085 3 13 Locking with inside lock knob 0 0005 3 4 TOPS rations 2 2 26 decane ccuae wal eieka Rake 3 13 Locking with power door lock switch 3 4 Telescopic operation 0 0 eee eee 3 14 Child safety rear door lock 00 00005 3 5 CTE WISORS ocelot herbed 3 14 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 5 Vanity iNOS as eeii S ave gi these kale 3 14 How to use remote keyless entry system 26 MNOS ici nttcniwuvoiud dee nee bed KEN 3 15 Hood a a2 Rearview mirror 0 00ce cece cee ee ence eens 3 15 Trunk lid Hts eter eet nee 3 10 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror Opener operation n ussssuserererrrrrrrrnn 3 10 if so equipped sccecececeeeeeeceeees 3 15 Key operation if so equipped 05 3 11 tside ise 3 15 Interior trunk lid release 00 cece eee ee 3 11 KEYS 3 WPDO128 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Valet key black with transponder chip if so equipped 3 Key number plate 4 Transponder chip A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer
170. emporarily blind an oncom ing driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blink ing or the color of the light will be come reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer LICO560 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting When turning the switch to the FPA posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on When turning the switch to the 2 osi g p tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on Instruments and controls 2 21 LICO687 LICO688 LICO561 Type B Type C A CAUTION Use the headligh
171. en Finish setup If you touch this button after the setup is com pleted the setup will start over and the display will return to the climate control or audio mode and Navigation screen SETTING UP THE START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition key to ACC or ON the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the l AGREE English or ENTER Frangais key then press the ENTER button If you do not press the ENTER button the Navi gation system will not proceed to the next step display If you do not touch a button or screen key for more than 1 minute on the START UP screen the screen will change to the audio screen automati cally To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 TRIP 1 D FUEL ECONOMY _ MAINTENANCE D Elapsed Time 6 55 04 Average Fuel Economy Fuel Economy Driving Distance t aa i FRY pam Average Speed 6 7 MPH Derenoa te Bnet a SS C Resa i T INPE LHA0459 LHA0460 LHA0461 HOW TO USE THE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pushed the following modes will display on the screen Warning message if there are any TRIP 1 Elapsed Time Driving Distance Average Speed TRIP 2 FUEL ECONOMY Average Fuel Economy Distance to Empty
172. en if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating con dition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if nec essary 5 12 Starting and driving MANUAL TRANSMISSION AWARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control e Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION e Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage e Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied LSD0128 5 speed Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Tr
173. enance and do it yourself recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WDI10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been d
174. enger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down 4 To close the window pull the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function N Oy gt LICO717 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down only driver s side shown to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window auto matically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held Auto reverse function If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be imme diately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or l
175. ent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment formaximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 OFF position Indicator light off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button if so equipped The button is provided only on vehicles equipped with an air conditioner Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the A C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner push the A C button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window defroster switch For more information about the rear window de froster switch see Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Push the gt button to the off position for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired p
176. ents and controls 2 13 Trunk lid open warning light This light comes on when the trunk lid is not securely closed while the ignition key is in the ON position INDICATOR LIGHTS Automatic transmission tJ position indicator light A T models When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion this indicator light shows the automatic transmission selector lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped CRUISE The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate 9 14 Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Instruments and controls the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Re Front passenger air bag e 7X2 status light The front passenger air bag status light Xa will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safet
177. er and ashtray if so equipped 2 29 Storage kiwi beh Ge Reha RES oi R ine a N 2 30 Map pockets 222sic ececuiedecivwees si awedes 2 30 Seatback pockets if so equipped 2 30 Sunglasses holder 0 e eee eee eee 2 31 Cup holders ordres tien einna meee EEA 2 32 Glovebox 4 i iarere denat Poa ieee eee aed 2 33 Console BOX ssicewiavows sauder EEren eiA 2 33 Instrument panel storage if so equipped 2 34 Covered storage box if so equipped 2 35 Grocery hooks if so equipped 0 5 2 36 Cargo net if so equipped 00 c eee eee 2 37 WindOWS iii iene ou Shoe vee hwo weallete wee a Gus 2 37 Power WINDOWS iecere see sneipinaieninnnre a e reunien wae 2 37 Sunroof if so equipped 0 cece eee eee eee 2 39 Automatic SUNO i cecc0edeesie sree ete ton 2 39 Interior liQhtercincicaptdated wie deat aad uiai ri 2 40 MapilightSseeccastecriedven iii eae taere 2 41 HEU Ta Ce Ge ee nene eae eee tte a E E 2 42 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped 2 42 Programming HomeLink 0 00 esses 2 43 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSTOMS aspet dod i iua adka unease acaynon 2 44 Operating the HomeLink universal TANSCEIVE Ms eina eie e 2 44 Programming trouble diagnosis 05 2 44 Clearing the programmed information 2 44 Rolling code programming 00 s eee 2 44 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button
178. er cap P 8 10 3 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 17 4 Clutch fluid reservoir M T model P 8 17 5 Air cleaner P 8 22 6 Battery P 8 18 7 Fuse fusible link box P 8 27 8 Transmission dipstick A T models P 8 16 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 10 Radiator cap P 8 9 11 Drive belt location P 8 20 12 Fuse block P 8 27 13 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 18 14 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Name Page light Anti lock brake warning light if so equipped Automatic transmis sion check warning light if so equipped Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Low fuel warning 2 13 light 0 10 Illustrated table of contents Warning light Indicator light CRUISE Low windshield washer fluid warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Trunk lid open warn ing light Automatic transmis sion position indica tor light A T mod els CRUISE main switch indicator light if so equipped Indicator Name Page light Cruise SET switch indicator light if so equipped Front passenger air 2 14
179. er with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury e Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in conjunction with the supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retrac tor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor The
180. eration See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual ACAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties Total trailer load CJ Ho Tongue load Tongue load z a x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load WT1I0160 Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load be comes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Technical and consumer information 9 17 Gross axle weight T11012M Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW Maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 18 Technical and consumer information Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or
181. ety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair active head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occu pant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whip lash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as de scribed earlier in this section SEAT BELTS Ufo f Sit upright and well back eee ONS Ce Ai 5 SSS0136 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position in cludes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Ca
182. evere or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up e Positioning of the heater and or air conditioner controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating auto This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a con stant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Turn the fan control dial to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature e Adjust the temperature dial to about 75 F 25 C for normal operation 3 Turn the air flow control dial to AUTO The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode Turn the fan control dial to the AUTO posi tion Push the A C button to turn off the air con ditioner The light will not be illuminated in the dial Turn the temperature dial to the left or
183. eyless Remote Response Lights Lock and Unlock Auto Re Lock Time Shorter lt rin _ gt Longer LHA0464 VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights Lewn lt gt Figha Automatic Headlights Off Delay Shorter lt 40 ses gt onager Speed Dependent Wiper Return All Settings to Default WRS0443 Vehicle electronic systems The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screen will appear when selecting the Vehicle Elec tronic Systems key with the joystick and push ing the ENTER button To set the various electronic systems operating conditions select the applicable item using the joystick and push the ENTER button The indicator light box at left of selected item alter nately turns on and off each time the ENTER button is pressed Indicator light is illuminated ON Indicator light is not illuminated OFF Remote unlock driver s door first This option allows you to select which doors will unlock first during an unlocking operation Only the driver s door All the doors Keyless remote response horn This key allows you to change the horn chirp mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the display screen will
184. f resumes playing Pushing the PWR VOL control knob again turns the system off Turn the PWR VOL control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance Press the AUDIO button to enter the audio adjust mode Bass Treb Fade Bal Press the TUNE FF REV amp or VW or SEEK TRACK amp or WV to adjust to the desired levels The display will return to the regu lar radio display after 10 seconds or you may press the AUDIO button again to return to the regular radio display Clock operation Pressing the CLOCK button displays the clock with the radio on or off Press the CLOCK button again to turn off the clock display Clock set 1 Press and hold the CLOCK button until it beeps gt 1 5 seconds 2 The hours will start flashing Press TUNE FF REV amp or VW o SEEK TRACK amp or _ to adjust the hours 3 Press the CLOCK button to switch to the minute adjustment 4 Press TUNE FF REV amp SEEK TRACK A amp A o y the minutes 5 Press the CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode or VW or to adjust 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems The display will return to the regular clock display after 7 seconds or you may press the CLOCK button again to return to the regular clock display FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pushing the FM AM or SAT radio select button will
185. f your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load Th
186. fluid has cooled down about 30 minutes before checking fluid level Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing AWARNING e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic K ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic K ATF will cause deterioration in drive ability and automatic transmission du rability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself POWER STEERING FLUID max f HOT MAX HoT MAX MAX COLD coD MN mN A Mea a The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF Remove the cap and fill through the opening A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mende
187. fol lowing procedure Type B Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key Apply the parking brake Remove the shift lock release cover as shown Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down Move the shift selector lever to the N Neu tral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Starting and driving 5 11 Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs please note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur ev
188. front passenger air bag status light An is located under the climate controls The light op erates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The Af is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The 2 illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light a is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed
189. fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident LSDO131 To engage Pull the lever up To release 1 2 Firmly apply the foot brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower com pletely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped ACCEL RES COAST SET LSD0075 ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch ON OFF switch 4 CANCEL switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver e f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer ONS The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system use the following pro cedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed
190. g and status light later in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop WRS0139 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer WRS0171 Shoulder belt height adjustment Front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt anchor height Push in the adjustment button Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 Move the shoulder belt anchor
191. g system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEAT if so equipped LICO690 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off A CAUTION Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running The front seats are warmed by built in heaters if so equipped The switches are located on the center console heater e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat 1 Start the engine 2 Push the low or high position of the switch as desired depending on the temperature The indicator light in the switch will illumi nate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials e If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your
192. ge intervals To replace the filter perform the following proce dure D Ca o uP 9 LDI0154 LDI0155 LDIO156 1 Remove the 2 lower glove box hinge pins 2 Remove the filter cover from the intake unit NOTE la ea a the opening and a N ia 2 hook tabs at the bot The filter is marked YP with an arrow The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle 3 Slide the filter into the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 NOTE Make sure the filter sits on top of the 2 supporting tabs on the housing CORRECT INSTALLATION INCORRECT INSTALLATION 4 Replace the cover by inserting the upper tabs inside the housing slot and pushing the hook tabs until they snap on to the housing lip 5 Install the glove box door UP a prea Nea 6 Fill out the date information on the small replacement label and attach it to the glove box lid SUPPORTING TABS ON HOUSING MICRO FILTER Housing Cover LDIO157 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES WDI0194 CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade
193. ges to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system e Modifying or tampering with the front Passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper Operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pressure sensor e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 e Work on and around the supplemental front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electri cal equipme
194. he display screen appearance programmable fea tures for your vehicles electronics system and other system settings such as your clock To make a selection from this mode use the joystick and press the ENTER button 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Brightness Contrast Map Background To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness contrast key and push the ENTER button You can then use the joystick to adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher For information on Map Background please refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Display Off To turn off the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Dis play Off key The indicator of the Display Off will turn to amber When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished on the map display in the Audio HVAC Heater and air conditioner SETTING or VE HICLE INFO modes To turn on the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Dis play Off key then set the screen to on by pushing the ENTER button VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS L Remote Unlock Driver s Doar First Keyless Remote Response Horn K
195. he hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 14 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Map lights c 4 2 02 ac00e0b ee ad 2 41 Map pocket as sina pie e ae eae ek 2 30 Meters and gauges 2 3 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 24 Mirror Vanity mirror 2 ee 3 14 Multi remote control system See remote keyless entry system 3 5 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SYSTEM fie he a ee ctia 2 17 3 2 5 5 10 4 o Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometef ou ccc wae eee ee ee 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants oaaae 9 2 Changing engine oil 8 11 Changing engine oilfilter 8 13 Checking engine oil level 8 10 Engine Olle s i einai aes a ee eee 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 8 Owner s manual order form 9 27 Owner s manual service manual order information 2 42 ea088eee0a ne 9 27 P Parking Parking brake check 8 26 Parking brake operation 5 14 Parking parking on hills 5 18 5 18 Power Power outlet lt oao ncaa a trases 2 28 Power rear windows 2 38 Power steering fluid oaaao 8 16 Power steering system 5 19 Power windows saasaa aaua 2 37 Rear power windows 2 38 Precautions Maintenance precautions
196. he last loaded disc will begin to play The display shows the Disc number Track number and Elapsed Time Selected disc loading 1 Press an available disc select button whose indicator is off The display shows Please Wait 2 The numbered disc indicator starts blink ing and the display shows Insert Disc for 15 seconds 3 Insert the CD The display shows Loading Disc 4 The CD will play after the disc is set to a play position 5 The indicator changes from blinking num bered disc to solid numbered disc and the display shows the Disc icon Disc num ber Track number and Elapsed Time If a disc is not inserted within 15 seconds or if the load button is pressed during load sequence the entire disc load sequence will be canceled Disc play Press the CD6 button If a CD is loaded and the radio is playing the radio turns off and the last loaded disc starts to play Selected disc play 1 Press the disc select button whose disc icon is displayed 2 The indicator blinks during the change 3 The CD plays after the disc is set to a play position 4 The indicator changes from blinking num bered disc to solid numbered disc and the display shows the Disc number Track number and Elapsed Time CAT RPT When the CAT RPT button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRACK RPT ALL DISC RDM 1 DISC
197. he manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water Instruments and controls 2 19 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LICO720 LICO689 WICO725 Type A To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster 2 20 Instruments and controls Type B NOTE The top few rows of wires on the rear win dow are not part of the rear window de froster system These wires make up the antenna for the audio system HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS if so equipped A WARNING NHIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer e Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional head lights If they are not correctly aimed they might t
198. he trunk lid will open when using the key fob even if the trunk lid release cancel switch is turned to OFF See Trunk lid later in this section for cancel switch infor mation Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the m button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when it has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 LPDO262 Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob NOTE If you change the horn beep and lamp flash feature with the keyfob the display screen if so equipped will not show the current mode and cannot be used to change the mode Use the keyfob to return to the pre vious mode and re enable the display screen control To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the
199. he vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change In case of emergency 6 3 Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move 6 4 Incase of emergency by hand Raise the vehicle Gee s A AANI LCE0020 Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions fi Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated s
200. he wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neu tral For automatic transmission mod els move the selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle sup
201. heck the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Ifthe child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated AWARNING e Improper use of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child re straint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being in jured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds th
202. hed off with a solu tion of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AWARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention e Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear Suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac 4 cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling e Keep battery out of the reach of children S aS i 8 WDI0224 B 1 Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case LDI0302 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level u
203. heir bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park automatic transmission Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems lights heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence il lustrated A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started ACAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable In case of emergency 6 7 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated wi
204. hey will not lock when brak ing abruptly or when braking on a slippery road Thus steering control is increased and swerving of the vehicle is decreased during emergency braking The system detects the wheel rotation rate and electronically controls the pressure ap plied to each brake Slight vibration on the brake pedal accompanied by noise usually occurs while the ABS system is operating Such vibration and noise encountered during abrupt braking is not a problem but indicates that the system is func tioning properly However the pulsation may in dicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Self test feature The anti lock braking system consists of elec tronic sensors and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer has a built in diag nostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the com puter senses any malfunction it switches the anti lock braking system off and turns on the ABS brake warning light on the instrument panel The braking system then operates normally but with out anti lock assistance If the light comes on during the self test or while driving take the vehicle to a NISSAN dealer for repair AWARNING e The
205. hicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped An engine block heater to assist in extreme cold temperature starting is available through a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Do not use your heater with an un grounded electrical system or two pronged cheater adapters You can be injured by an elecirical shock if you use an ungrounded connection 6 In case of emergency Flat tes accion ruere rispe iana en a eawa celta es 6 2 Changing flat tite ci civ ose cag ern es ean See 6 2 Jump Starting i aceon crire kerensa saen vehe wet a 6 6 LsAUES n 1g a e ee 6 8 If your vehicle overheatS 000 e eee eee eee 6 8 Towing your Vehicle csi ces casei vestekecaaess wed 6 9 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 10 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle FLAT TIRE CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away f
206. hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft Ib 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire placard affixed to the center console 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle 6 Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire 7 Close the trunk AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual In case of emergency 6 5 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It
207. high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km 9 22 Technical and consumer information For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles
208. hild restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself e NISSAN recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 e A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious in jury in sudden stop or collision e An improperly installed booster seat could lead to serious injury or death in an accident LRS0455 LRS0453 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind AWARNING e Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during Choose only a booster seat with a label normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to
209. hile Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block t
210. horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered Using the interior lights Pushthe M button onthe keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior lights in the Instruments and controls section earlier in this manual Opening windows if so equipped The keyfob allows you to open the front windows simultaneously To open the front windows press the a button on the keyfob for longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the M button on the keyfob The door windows cannot be closed by using the keyfob HOOD WPD0288 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver side instrument panel the hood springs up slightly Lift the lever at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood Remove the support rod from the clamp Insert the support rod into the slot on the pp passenger side fender ledge 5 When closing the hood return the support rod to its original position lower the hood to approximately 12 inches above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam
211. ica Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena CA 90248 0191 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 READINESS FOR INS
212. icle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION e Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0 55 5 2 Three way catalyst cissi 000 cece 5 2 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 3 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 3 IOMON SWIC ose creed tice a ered ai a dee ade dee cevaen taint 5 4 Automatic transmission n n 0000 cece 5 4 Manual transmission 0 0 000 c cece eee 5 5 Key POSILIONS ois deaes rraiki dr onrin nettan s ea dae 5 5 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system 005 5 5 Before starting the engine cece eee 5 6 Starting the engine 0 eee eee eee ee 5 6 Driving the VehiCle 0cssses roroi etnies Pees dea 5 7 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 7 Manual transmission 000 000 cece eee eee 5 12 Park
213. id without using the key or keyfob even if the door is un locked by releasing the door inside lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door or the trunk lid with the key or by pressing the button on the keyfob NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 Instruments and controls 2 17 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions
214. ide mirror is designed so that it automati cally changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you AON The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is on To turn off the automatic anti glare feature press the OFF button To turn on the automatic anti glare feature press the AUTO button Do not hang any object on the sensor or apply glass cleaner Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation OUTSIDE MIRRORS A WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 WPDO0274 LPDO296 Electric control type if so equipped The outside mirror remote control only operates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Rotate the control lever to select the right or left mirror Adjust the mirror to the desired position by moving the control lever 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Manual control type The outside mirror can be moved in any direction for a better rear view Heated mirror
215. ile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section and Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped LDIO393 Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 Size Cold Tire Inflation High Speed Pressure Maximum Load Cold Tire Inflation Pressure Front Original Tire P215 60 R16 94T 200 kPa 29 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI P215 55R17 93H 240 kPa 35 PSI P215 55R1793V 2
216. ile driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal and booster Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully Check the br
217. ing Drak 2c tesscchie Sot art arated ahd dot tens ebtianie eater 5 14 Cruise control if so equipped e eee ee 5 15 Precautions on cruise control 0 005 5 15 Cruise control operations 000 5 16 Breakin Schedule acc cade aided ierrevrcasis euss 5 17 Increasing fuel ECONOMY 6 eee eee 5 17 Parking parking on hillS eresi cc cee bee ee eee wis 5 18 Power steering siisi cdicevetedeee teen etetaeenian 5 19 Brake systemtic nitie taciecied clei dndkwin ede abana teenie 5 19 Brake precautions 200ece eee eee eee 5 19 Anti lock braking system ABS if so equipped 2 eee eee 5 20 Traction control system TCS if so equipped 5 21 Cold weather driving e eee eee eae 5 22 Freeing a frozen door lock 00 e eee ee 5 22 PURO OZ asics teeseen ee e 5 22 Battery ascii eg cen n a pna no np ana read aad 5 22 Draining of coolant water 0c cece 5 23 Tire CQuIPMEN 206 ssedie ttres EIEE ERa eam 5 23 Special winter equipment 0 5 23 Driving On SNOW OF ICE eee 5 24 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 24 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle A
218. ing to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open Instruments and controls 2 29 e When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet 2 30 Instruments and controls STORAGE WICO700 LICO016 MAP POCKETS Type A SEATBACK POCKETS if so equipped The seatback pockets are located on the back of the driver s and passenger s seats The pockets can be used to store maps e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses Siti YAR aa CANA n AA ERRIA LY WICO747 WICO609 Type B SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push and release AWARNING e The sunglasses holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses Instruments and controls 2 31 WIC0691 WRS
219. ink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink later in this section AWARNING e Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death e During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver WIC0291 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK 1 With the ignition key in the OFF position press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds This procedure erases the factory set default codes and does not have to be followed when program ming additional hand held transmitters 2 Hold the end of the hand held transmitter from the device you wish t
220. is information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit Technical and consumer information 9 13 VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration 9 14 Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Occupants Luggage RR EG 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 135 kg 14 kg 70 kg Occupants RR 150 Ib x 2 300 b Trailer Tongue Weight 2 300 Ib 27 kg 135 kg Luggage oo 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity Technical and consumer information 1 040 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg Occupants Luggage Load limit Remaining available 640 kg load capacity 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 500 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg LTIO152 Exam
221. k knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION e Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region API certification mark API service symbol WT10082 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the Ame
222. ke Anti lock braking system ABS 5 20 Brake fui 56 oe aan ae a 8 17 Brake light See stop light 8 33 Brake pedals Ses eor toni aa aad 8 26 Brake system anaona anaana 5 19 Brake warning light aaau 2 12 Brake wear indicators 2 15 Parking brake check 8 26 Parking brake operation 5 14 Break in schedule ouaaa aae 5 17 Brightness control Instrument panel o an naaa 2 24 Brightness contrast button a a 4 10 Bulb check instrument panel aa 2 11 Bulb replacement ononon aana 8 33 c Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants lt sos denti ps e Pe na 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 42 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 CD care andcleaning 4 40 4 40 CD changer See audio system 4 38 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 25 Child restraints 1 11 1 12 1 17 1 24 Precautions on child restraints 1 17 1 29 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 26 Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Chimes audible reminders 2 15 Cigarette lighter and ashtray 2 29 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 Cloke a 8k Ak ha See ed 4 30 4 41 models with navigation system 4 8 Clutch CURR AIG see a ara er te A wd we C M V S S certification label 2 0 Cold weather driving 0 Consola Dox ci era re ee ie a ee Control pane
223. l grades Do not shift into the 1 position at speeds above 34 MPH 55 km h Do not exceed 34 MPH 55 km h in the 1 position Starting and driving 5 9 Ci lez 0990 00 LSD0126 Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manu ally In the manual shift mode the shift range is dis played on the position indicator in the meter When shifting the shift lever to the manual shift gate the position indicator displays 1 first up to 5 fifth depending on vehicle speed Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows 1828364865 5 10 Starting and driving 5 Fifth Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds 4 Fourth For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous 3 Third and 2 Second Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M1 First Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 4 range This reduces fuel economy When shifting up Move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range When shifting down Move the selector lever to
224. l buttons Brightness contrast button Clock Set prad neak 05 44 6 244 G8 4 8 English metric button 4 8 Enter buttons 4 4 c 4 odo aa eee 4 2 Fuel econ button 00 4 4 Maint maintenance button 4 4 Prev button 000 4 3 4 3 Setting button si p ee ed 4 6 Startup screen 4 3 4 3 Trip DUHOM 5 0 e208 Yeas sks 3 4 4 Controls Heater and air conditioner COMPOS 24 ee ak ak a a i 4 11 4 20 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 000 4 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Corrosion protection sooo 7 5 Cruise control o rr e e a ee ee 5 15 Cup holders 22 ee oe ee ee 2 32 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 2 2 0 namas 2 24 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIG eed weer Bae eH ed GO a 2 20 Dimensions and weights 9 8 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 24 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 D or loeks 5 84 44 ejb ee Shae eee a 3 3 Door open warning light 2 12 DriveibeltSs sss sa 244 Bako eee ad 8 20 10 2 Driving Cold weather driving 5 22 Driving with manual transmission 5 12 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy f el sss ata a eae a es 5 17 Emission control information label 9
225. le security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 17 3 2 5 5 Ventilators doi sous acetone eo hoa tee d 4 11 Voltmeter 10 6 Ww Warning Air bag warning light 1 49 2 13 Anti lock brake warning light 2 11 Battery charge warning light 2 12 Brake warning light 2 12 Door open warning light 2 12 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 12 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 26 Low fuel warning light 2 13 Low washer fluid warning light 2 13 Passenger air bag and status light 1 43 Seat belt warning light 2 13 Vehicle security system 2 16 Warning labels for SRS 1 49 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders so n a eaa E 2 11 Warming lightS s d ee diia o 8 2 11 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheels and tires aoaaa anaana ana 8 40 Wheel tire size ee 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 2 0 0 00 005 9 9 Window washer fluid 8 18 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 38 Power rear windows 2 38 Power windows 0005 2 37 Rear power windows 2 38 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Wiper blades GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL For
226. lies or when towing manual trans mission models with the front wheels on the ground Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ig nition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism A CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the towing hooks if so equipped Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Never pull the vehicle at an angle Move the gearshift lever to the N LCE0098 Neutral position VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck Pulling devices should be routed so 7 they do not touch any part of the sus e When towing automatic or manual vehicle z 2 transmission models with the rear irate Ste oang rake or cooling wheels on the ground if you do not use Front y g towing dollies Always release the e Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas parking brake straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery A WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc e Do not spin
227. ll four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 47 studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS A CAUTION Tire chains cables cannot be installed on P225 45R18 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on P225 45R18 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install P215 55R17 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when 8 48 Maint
228. ll to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn WAI0006 Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic
229. lso on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compart ment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air e If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dati
230. me overstress SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank Starting and driving 5 23 DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers 5 24 Starting and driving e Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your ve
231. memory operation Each preset mode A B or C has 6 presets capable of storing any combination of AM FM SAT if so equipped and FM RDS stations Press the PRESET ABC button to change be tween the presets A B C The radio displays icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets is active To store a radio station in a preset 1 Select the desired preset by pressing PRE SET ABC 2 Select the desired AM FM or SAT if so equipped station band 3 Tune to the desired station 4 Press the desired station select button gt 1 5 seconds 5 Abeep will sound indicating memorization is complete 6 Other station select buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the radio fuse opens the radio memory is canceled In that case reset the desired stations Preset Scan Pressing the Preset Scan button lt 1 5 seconds scans the permanent preset memory that is se lected A B or C from 1 6 for 5 seconds All Preset Scan Pressing the Preset Scan button gt 1 5 seconds scans all the permanent preset memory banks A B and C from 1 6 for 5 seconds Canceling Preset Scan mode Pressing the Preset Scan P SCAN button again will cancel the Preset Scan mode Speed Sensitive Control Volume SSV if so equipped Your vehicle has Speed Sensitive Control Vol ume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Press the AUDIO button
232. meter if so equipped 0 0 e eee eee 2 10 Fuel consumption gauge if so equipped 2 10 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 11 Checking bulbs 4 4 suueenecared atone patie 2 11 Warming lights 222 sc 0seenrceeeeecisoeneeas 2214 Indicator lightSii2sesesddeci ceca wedge awed 2 14 Audible reminders 0 00c0cceeseeneeeees 2 15 Security systems 00 00 cece eee eee 2 16 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 16 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system 05 2 17 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Switch operation s i69 00s hes enwnniwees yaad 2 19 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster SWITCH sasccic siessel ae snicpabsavird acaluntap tec iene a shu 2 20 Headlight and turn signal switch 0 005 2 21 Xenon headlights if so equipped 2 21 Headlight control switch cee eee 2 21 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 24 Instrument brightness control 0 005 2 24 TU signal SWITCH ssisseresies annsnrnepni enna 2 25 Fog light switch if so equipped a esseen 2 25 Hazard warning flasher switch 00008 2 26 HOMiiiod cacteceieren ie E aiedace eins onare 2 26 Heated seat if so equipped cece eee 2 27 Traction control system TCS off switch if so equipped 6 cece eee eee eee ees 2 28 Power OUT SB eryri hiker e inie re 2 28 Cigarette light
233. move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine Instruments and controls 2 9 LICO750 LICO751 L 100km LICO803 VOLTMETER if so equipped When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage When the engine is running it indicates the gen erator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 12 14 5 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 2 10 Instruments and controls Type A FUEL CONSUMPTION GAUGE if so equipped This gauge shows the APPROXIMATE fuel con sumption while you are driving The vehicle speed must be 7 mph 11 2 km h or greater for the gauge to give a reading Type B WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock braking warning light if so equipped ABs Automatic transmission check warning light if so equipped or Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Low fuel warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and turn the igniti
234. n SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying RF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag if so equipped and pre tensioner seat belt systems The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diag nosis sensor unit crash zone sensor satellite sensors front air bag modules side air bag mod ules curtain side impact air bag modules pre tensioner seat belts and all related wiring When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag if so equipped and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bag if so equipped or pre tensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly It must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer Safety Seat
235. n 3 Push the A C button The indicator light comes on When the 7 or positions in between are selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The air conditioning system will con tinue to operate until the vehicle is restarted even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the 7 position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The S gt mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger com partment to further improve the defogging perfor mance 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows and sunroof closed while the air conditioner is in operation e After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly e The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication e If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHAR
236. n Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film ACAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly especially during win ter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may Appearance and care 7 3 react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as
237. n seat belt usage 2r Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag if so equipped curtain side impact air bags if so equipped and pre tensioner seat belt sys tems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioner seat belts may not function properly For additional details see Supplemental restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag if so equipped curtain side impact air bag systems if so equipped and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not oper ate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Instrum
238. n srresisissiistyeiiesye kt euys AM radio reception ssrrccrererirepenreerettoris Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 000 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped 2 cece eee eee eee FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer if so equipped 6 cece eee FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer if so equipped 06 cece e ee eee CD care and cleaning 0 0 00 eee Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped sires 6c eee eee eee ANCNNG oe ics E AT Car phone or CB radio 0 0 cee eee CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS if so equipped AWARNING e Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it 2 or notice smoke or smell coming from on it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignoring such c
239. n system if so equipped P 4 2 Navigation system controls if so equipped P 4 2 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 2 3 4 gt a pea A E R il Wp 14 i INE 13 12 JAN i Hei WS 1 So fo N Dp WDI0488 0 8 Illustrated table of contents QR25DE engine 1 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 16 2 Spark plug caps P 8 21 3 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 17 4 Clutch fluid reservoir M T model P 8 17 5 Air cleaner P 8 22 6 Battery P 8 18 7 Fuse fusible link box P 8 27 8 Transmission dipstick A T models P 8 14 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 10 Radiator cap P 8 9 11 Drive belt location P 8 20 12 Fuse block P 8 27 13 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 18 14 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 15 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details ES 10 WDI0489 VQ35DE engine 1 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 16 2 Engine oil fill
240. nadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 Sit upright and weil back SSS0134 SSS0016 AWARNING AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this e The seat belt should be properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Children should be properly re reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and if appro restraint system and increase the priate in a child restraint chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0014 A WARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder e Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the sam
241. nal 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Wheel type Size Offset in mm Overall length in mm 192 3 4 884 Steel 16 x 6 55 1 57 40 192 5 4 889 SE R Aluminum 16 x 6 5JJ 1 57 40 Overall width in mm 70 4 1 788 Aluminum 17x 7 J 1 77 45 Overall height in mm 57 9 1 471 Aluminum 18x BJ 1 77 45 57 4 1 459 SE R T type Spare 16x 4T 1 57 40 Front tread in mm 61 0 1 549 Tire size P215 60R16 94T Rear tread in mm 61 2 1 554 P215 55R17 93H Wheelbase in mm 110 2 2 799 P215 55R17 93V Gross vehicle weight rat Ib kg P225 45R18 91Y ing See the NS SE MAS S rast Gross ae weight an T135 90R16 Front Ib kg front and rear doors T155 80R17 Rear Ib kg 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring th
242. nd to 3rd 23 37 16 26 3rd to 4th 33 53 27 44 4th to 5th 39 63 36 58 5th to 6th For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 4th to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 6 Speed available on SE R models only Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving Starting and driving 5 13 use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control GEAR QR25DE MPH km h 1st 32 52 2nd 57 92 3rd 89 143 4th 5th _ For VQ35DE SE R GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th VOQ35DE MPH km h 41 66 70 118 VOQ35DE MPH km h 37 60 61 98 85 137 5 14 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is
243. ng To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck ACAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing In case of emergency 6 9 For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual 6 10 Incase of emergency ACE1001 ACE0511 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated ACAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels e When towing automatic transmission models with the front wheels on towing dol
244. not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated Of x WAI0007 GLASS When cleaning the rear window it may be easier to clean if the high mounted stop light is removed first Be careful when removing the high mounted stop light to reduce the risk of damaging the high mounted stop light wires To remove the high mounted stop light Push toward rear of vehicle Lift to remove The high mounted stop light must be properly reinstalled before driving your vehicle Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot su
245. nt should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Re straint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and Orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri ate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 46 nA V h ee LRS0259 Supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact air bags system if so equipped The supplemental side impact air bags are lo cated in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the infor mation cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system severity side collisions although they may inflate if the f
246. nts are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight de tected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause irritation and chok ing Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front
247. num ber Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance NISSAN rec ommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising thei
248. o the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground 3 To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire WCE0056 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated O Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve
249. o train approxi mately 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the surface of HomeLink keeping the indi cator light in view 3 Using both hands simultaneously push the hand held transmitter button and the de sired HomeLink button Do not release the buttons until step 4 has been completed NOTE Some garage door openers may require the procedures noted under Canadian Pro gramming 4 The HomeLink indicator will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing light indicates the HomeLink Universal Transceiver has been successfully programmed To program the remaining two buttons follow steps 2 through 4 If after repeated attempts you do not success fully program the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver to learn the signal of the hand held trans mitter refer to Rolling Code Programming later in this section If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 Instruments and controls 2 43 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 sec onds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 4 under Pro gramming HomeLink while
250. oO Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the PWR VOL control knob again turns the system off Turn the PWR VOL control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance Press the AUDIO button to enter the audio adjust mode Bass Mid Treb Fade Bal Press the TUNE FF REV amp or VW or SEEK TRACK amp or _ to adjust to the desired levels The display will return to the regu lar radio display after 10 seconds or you may press the AUDIO button again to return to the regular radio display Clock operation Pressing the CLOCK button displays the clock with the radio on or off Press the CLOCK button again to turn off the clock display Clock set 1 Press and hold the CLOCK button until it beeps longer than 2 seconds 2 The hours will start flashing Press TUNE FF REV A or W o SEEK TRACK amp or to adjust the hours 3 Press the CLOCK button to switch to the minute adjustment 4 Press TUNE FF REV amp SEEK TRACK A o the minutes 5 Press the CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode or V or to adjust The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds or you may press the CLOCK button again to return to the regular clock display FM AM radio operation FM AM band select Push the AM or the FM button
251. oad similar to something being caught in the window oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window SUNROOF if so equipped Y 0 DIO og LIC0679 AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition key is in the ON position The automatic sunroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding the sunroof To fully open the sunroof push the switch toward the position To fully close the sunroof push and hold the switch toward the gt position Instruments and controls 2 39 To open the sunroof part way push the switch in any direction while the sunroof is sliding open to stop it in the desired position To close the sunroof part way push and hold the switch until the sunroof is in the desired position Tilting the sunroof To tilt the sunroof up push the tilt switch to the lt gt position To tilt the sunroof down push and hold the tilt switch to the gt position Restarting the sunroof sliding switch The sliding switch will become inoperable after the battery terminal i
252. of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems e Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Never pull the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R reverse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h 5 If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning iGxtenior asu sprengd amicus eSa 7 2 Cleaning Interior sii arees anit ieee euE ts 7 4 Washing se tireror enoten nat na ENE heme yao 7 2 ROOF MAtS cenno eed prulnspi e ene a 7 4 WAXING eeii ee teat bien iakat eandidt Cir ERE NERA 7 2
253. ohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to so
254. on lt 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 seconds per track The display shows the track number and elapsed time as normal The disc track number is flashed during Scan mode The Scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during Scan mode All Discs 1 Track Press and hold the SCAN button gt 1 5 seconds to scan the first track of all the loaded discs for 10 seconds per track The display shows the track number and elapsed time as normal The disc track number is flashed during Scan mode The Scan mode is canceled once it scans through all the loaded discs or if the SCAN button is pressed during Scan mode y N Eject CD Current disc 1 Pressthe amp button 2 The numbered disc indicator starts to blink and the display shows Select Disc for 2 seconds The display then changes to Disc Eject 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 3 The disc ejects Remove the disc If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload 4 The indicator and symbol for the disc are turned off Select a disc 1 Press then the amp the desired disc button press 2 The numbered disc indicator starts blinking and the display shows Select Disc for 2 seconds The display then changes to Disc Eject 3 The disc ejects Remove the disc If the disc is not remov
255. on as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly e Check your local regulations 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m 7 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary WDI0494 WDI0495 QR25DE CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the
256. on key to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on SERVICE A PE or i RE K Low windshield washer fluid warning light Seat belt warning light and chime amp ot e Supplemental air bag warning light Trunk lid open warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models CRUISE main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise SET switch indicator light if so equipped The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS o N oe If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly SLIP ok 3 CHECK Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Blue Malfunction indicator light MIL Slip indicator light if so equipped Traction control system off indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights WARNING LIGHTS ABS Anti lock braking warning light if so equipped If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock braking system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 11 If a malfunction occurs in the system the anti lock function is turned off but the regular braking system continues to operate If the light comes on while you
257. on seat belt usage 1 9 Pregnantwomen 05 1 13 Seat belt extenders 1 16 Seat belt maintenance 1 16 Seatbelts co scra sew Pe raw si 1 9 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 15 Three point type with retractor 1 13 Seat belt warning light a aaa aa aaa 2 13 Seatback pockets 00 2 30 Seats Adjustment 6 24 ey ee ee 1 2 Frontiseats 2 cane eee ees 1 2 Heated seals lt aora oaoa rome adi 2 27 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat oo ioa eee eae n r Ered 1 6 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 17 3 2 5 5 Service manual order form 9 27 Servicing air conditioner 4 22 Setting button s s ce ee ee ek 4 6 Shift lock release 200 5 11 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 8 5 8 Manual transmission 5 12 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 15 Spark plug replacement 8 21 Speedometer oc ce a ew Pa aaa aa 2 4 Spotlights See map light 2 41 SRS warning label 000 1 49 Starting Jumpstarting 2 2 as 4s eae ata ead 6 6 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting 2 45 ee ee eed 6 8 Startup screen 0 2 0000048 4 3 4 3 Steering Power steering fluid 8 16 Power steering system 5 19 SOP ligh w eer ysis ae hr ahah Seatac Bhs 8 33 Storage i se ee eE 2 30 St rage tr
258. on to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by
259. onditions may 1 2 3 4 5 6 78 910 11 SETTING TRIP lead to accidents fire or electrical shock LHA0458 When you use this system make sure the engine Reference symbols IS Ong ENTER button This is a button on the con If you use the system with the engine not trol panel running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS 1 B D brightness control button P 4 10 2 PREV previous button P 4 3 3 Joystick and ENTER push button P 4 3 4 SETTING button P 4 6 5 TRIP drive computer button P 4 4 6 DEST button 7 ROUTE button 8 MAP button 9 GUIDE VOICE button 10 Q zoom out button 1 amp For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual zoom in button HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick and push the ENTER button for operation HOW TO USE PREV BUTTON This button has two functions Go back to the previous display cancel If you touch PREV button during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous scre
260. ont pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this sec tion for details A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen ger seat e The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Move seat fully back WRS0379 Front Facing step 1 necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint If you
261. operly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled WRS0440 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM The LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren anchor points are located in the seat cushions of the rear outboard seating positions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not secured properly your
262. or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD RESTRAINTS ARS1098 WRS0256 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can re sult in serious injury or death AWARNING Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself e Even with th
263. or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off press and release the brake pedal several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little 3 With the brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keep the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds The pedal height should not change 4 Run the engine for one minute without de pressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is re leased from the booster If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer FUSES WDI0230 ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open
264. or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 TRUNK LID eae w y LPD0287 OPENER OPERATION A WARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys To open the trunk lid push the opener lever down To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely NOTE You cannot open the trunk lid with the trunk lid opener lever if the vehicle security system if so equipped is armed LPD0085 Cancel switch if so equipped When the cancel switch located inside the glove box is OFF the trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid release switch It can be opened with the master key or keyfob WPDO0138 LPDO289 KEY OPERATION if so equipped To open the trunk lid turn the key clockwise To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down sec
265. or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place ACAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL Q 9 N WDI0424 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle 1 This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0228
266. orces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries How ever an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical
267. ore the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting and driving 5 7 LSD0023 Gate type shift The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before attempting to move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position 5 8 Starting and driving 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the fo
268. osition between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 1 Push the gt button to the off position e 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the GY position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to HI and the temperature control lever to the full HOT position When the 7 position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The air conditioning system will con tinue to operate until the vehicle is restarted even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The gt mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging perform
269. ot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed OOOO LSD0022 Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the shift selector lever cannot be moved to P Park Additionally the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Turn the key to the ON position 3 Depress the foot brake pedal 4 Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral to restart the vehicle P is pre ferred Move the shift selector lever to P Park to park the vehicle and turn the igni tion key to the LOCK position to remove the key P Park Use this selecto
270. ou must do so ACAUTION If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the down hill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels 3 After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Turn off the engine To drive away 1 Start the vehicle 2 Apply and hold the brake pedal 3 Shift the transmission into gear Technical and consumer information 9 21 Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone retrieve and store the blocks When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine over loading and or overheating However for long steep grades do not stay in 1st gear when driving above 35 MPH 56 km h or 2nd gear when driving above 58 MPH 93 km h If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioner system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to
271. oximate fuel leve in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The i indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION e if the vehicle runs out of fuel SERVICE en nets nas the ENGINE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer g a x100kPa OIL e For additional information see Mal LICO749 LICO752 function indicator light MIL later in Type A Type B inis secuon ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE if A CAUTION 39 equipped e This gauge is not designed to indicate The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys low engine oil level Use the dipstick to tem oil pressure while the engine is running cock the oil level See Engine oil in When the engine speed is high the engine oil the Maintenance and do it yourself pressure is also high When the engine speed is section low the gauge may indicate low oil pressure If the gauge needle does not
272. p to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself DRIVE BELTS 7 3 6 N Ty 4 1 5 WD10225 QR25DE engine Power steering fluid pump Water pump Generator Air conditioner if so equipped Crank pulley Auto tensioner pulley AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly DRON Visually inspect the belt s for signs of un usual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS WDI0226 Platinum tipped o WDI0005 PON gt VQ35DE engine Power steering fluid pump Crank pulley Generator Air conditioner REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs a
273. parts Technical and consumer information 9 23 UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics
274. ple Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOAD
275. plemental side impact air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The supplemental side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system
276. port it with safety stands e Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery e On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off ACAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Hei 1 gt
277. pproximately 1 second NOTE If a low temperature warning and low range warning occur simultaneously other dis play modes switch automatically to the outside temperature display LIC0684 LIC0715 Type A TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage Instruments and controls 2 7 LICO685 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 4 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions 2 8 Instruments and controls A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required Fe B bis Jy 4 LICO686 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the appr
278. programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This de vice must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation This transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CV2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 45 MEMO 2 46 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Kays en titaecd prees stokes nueit EE seeders 3 2 Fuelsfiller door isiuiseatdes aunties canaeevesartaleae 3 12 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system keys 3 2 Opener operation 0 e eee eee eee 3 12 DOOrS ss caster saneeerined nie ea dad satan ete 3 3 Fu
279. r Inj red Person asirip iiaeie 1 13 Soaker a ee a S a a E 1 33 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 13 Supplemental restraint system n sses ninne 1 34 Seat belt extenders cece eee eee eees 1 16 Precautions on supplemental restraint Seat belt maintenance 000 1 16 SYSIOM sererek anuna inna EEE E waders 1 34 Child restraintSs cc erai si see tecnei ae ees 1 17 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 49 Precautions on child restraints 005 1 17 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 49 SEATS AWARNING e Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle ARS1152 AWARNING e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should O BO met mee in a oiie telee wien be upright Always sit well back in the the seatback is reclined This can be seat with both feet on the floor and dangerous ie Sei Nos Dat wl not adjust the seat properly See Precau TO EE youl body lo e aee ee tions on Seat Belt Usage later in this you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and FRONT MANUAL SEAT receive serious internal injuries ADJUSTMENT section A WARNING After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it
280. r P 3 10 24 Meters and gauges if so equipped P 2 3 25 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 2 26 Navigation system controls if so equipped P 4 2 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES N Z Vy x OCOr nin Away Ki puy aoRON gt 2 LICO681 Tachometer 6 Odometer twin trip odometer trip com Warning indicator lights puter if so equipped Speedometer Engine coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 LICO682 Triple meter if so equipped 1 2 3 2 4 Fuel consumption gauge Engine oil pressure gauge Voltmeter Instruments and controls 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer twin trip display 3 Change button SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer Twin trip odometer if so equipped The odometer twin trip odometer if so equipped is displayed when the ignition key is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer if so equipped records the distance of individual trips 199 159 1999 a oo 52 gt iF gt 1999 1999 1999 H a 53 m 393 1999 aa 52 WICO601
281. r allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer MEMO Appearance and care 7 7 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 0 c eee eee eee 8 2 General maintenance 0ee eee e eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS 00 cece eee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system 00000eeeeee eee eee 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Changing engine coolant 00 8 10 Engine Oilwciocditaieeiaads uiden edi cee eed s 8 10 Checking engine oil level 0 8 10 Changing engine oil 0 0 0 eae 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 000 8 13 4 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 14 Temperature conditions for checking 8 14 5 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 16 Power steering fluid 0 0000 cece
282. r oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quenily For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Manual Transmission Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission
283. r position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se lector lever from the N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the selector lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 3 Third gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades Do not shift into the 2 position at speeds above 62 MPH 100 km h Do not exceed 62 MPH 100 km h in the 2 position 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhil
284. r presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles Technical and consumer information 9 3 If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline
285. r the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The supplemen tal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions 1 42 Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental front air bag system operation The NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle sensors occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on informa tion from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupa
286. raction con trol system may not operate properly and the orf indicator light may come on 5 22 Starting and driving When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the traction control system may not op erate properly and the ure indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads e If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the traction control system may not operate prop erly and the ure indicator light may come on e The traction control system is not a sub stitute for winter tires or tire chains ona snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance
287. rder to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to 5 20 Starting and driving heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS if so equipped The anti lock braking system controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing wheel lockup the system helps the driver main tain steering control and helps to minimize swerv ing and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down AWARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The anti lock braking system does not operate at speeds below 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speeds vary according to road conditions When driving the anti lock braking system con trols the wheels so t
288. recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer 7 4 Appearance and care CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean witha dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwe
289. rect power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical sys tem See a reputable trailer dealer to ob tain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure
290. reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Outside temperature down to Coolant or equivalent ACAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors such as or ange may damage the engine cooling system WDI0261 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance an
291. rgy Conserving amp ll or API grade SJ or SL Energy conserving e ILSAC grade GF I GF II or GF IIl 5W 30 Viscosity preferred See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TIRE COLD PRESSURE See tire placard RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Follow these recommendations for the future re liability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life QUICK REFERENCE WGS0016 FON gt 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 Engine coolant 8 9 Window washer fluid 8 18 Engine oil 8 10 Passenger supplemental front impact air bag 1 34 Audio system 4 23 4 25 4 30 Air condi tioner 4 11 4 20 Supplemental side impact air bag if so equipped 1 34 Front seats 1 2 Spare tire 6 2 Fuel filler door release 3 12 Fuel recom mendation 9 3 Keys 3 2 Supplemental side impact air bag if so equipped 1 34 Seat belts 1 9 Trunk release 3 10 Supplemental curtain side impact air bag if so equipped 1 34 Driver supplemental front impact air bag 1 34 Hood release 3 9 Meters and gauges 2 3
292. rican Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change The chart Rec ommended SAE viscosity number shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause seri ous engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and fil
293. rity indicator light comes on The security light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security sys tem is now pre armed After about 30 sec onds the vehicle security system automati cally shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON the system will not arm Ifthe key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is removed If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again e Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors and trunk lid closed and locked with the ignition key in the OFF position Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door or trunk lid with the key or by pressing the button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by opening the door or trunk l
294. riven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet WDI0259 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 49 Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and lo
295. rol dial Rear window defroster OLE ON E Type A 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems LHA0440 Type B Fan control dial Air recirculation button Temperature control dial Air conditioner button if so equipped Air flow control dial Rear window defroster CONTROLS Fan control dial Doa eUT The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets MAX Air flows from center and side A C vents with maximum cooling air z conditioning if so equipped 7 Air flows from center and side ro ventilators 4 Air flows from center and side N ventilators and foot outlets 74 Air flows mainly from foot outlets pA GW Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button NOTE The air recirculation feature is available only on those vehicles equipped with air conditioning ON position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Push the SY button to the on position when driving on a dusty road to prev
296. rom traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING e Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park 6 2 Incase of emergency e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Qee Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up WCE0044 AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury WCE0050 WCE0067 Jack up point and ORO ee a 2 a CE1089 Getting the spare tire and tools Open the trunk Lift the trunk floor carpeting and spare tire cover Remove the jack and whee nut wrench from the tool box Remove the spare tire Removing the bolt on wheel cover if so equipped A CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury The wheel covers are held on by the wheel nuts The wheel cover will be removed along with the wheel when the nuts are removed Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire A WARNING e Never get under t
297. s if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instrument and controls section of this manual 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Control panel buttons if so equipped 4 2 Names of the components 000 eae 4 3 How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 3 How to use PREV button 0 00 cea 4 3 Setting up the start up screen 4 3 How to use the TRIP button 0008 4 4 How to use the SETTING button 4 6 TD bittoninerswudivinn dvedintiandaniiadesrta 4 10 Ventilators ixictcravewssteerbed dea tea deabvameveles 2 4 11 Heater and air conditioner manual 055 4 11 ContiolSstscc 00 napana ua i iea 4 13 Heater operation 2 20 06 cece eb ee 4 14 Air conditioner operation if so equipped 4 15 AlrtlowChialtSnct pnd d ee bb hasun dine ttikiaedelts 4 16 Heater and air conditioner automatic if so equipped crescissi eect e eee 4 20 Automatic operation 0 00 cece eee eee 4 20 Manual operation 0 0 0 cece eee eee 4 21 Operating tipser iaeei ai EEE ERAEN Servicing air Conditioner sss csseesirrercsiriererra Audio Syste Me resice natin cites EEEE EA To No AEE E E E E FM radio receptio
298. s seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems if so equipped and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags if so equipped and pre tensioner seat belts are de signed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain side impact air bags if so equipped pre tensioner seat belts and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of
299. s ais 2 oR eed ee 8 47 Uniform tire quality grading 9 24 Wheels andtires 00 8 40 Wheel tire size ee ee 9 8 Top tether strap child restraint 1 25 Towing Flat towing oc wc de et ee ay ie hes 9 23 Tow truck towing 2 005 6 9 Towing load specification 9 19 Trailertowing 000 5 9 16 Traction control system TCS off switch 2 28 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 42 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Driving with manual transmission 5 12 Selector lever lock release 5 11 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUNTY E tical me win nek A a eS 9 9 Trip button 22 parga d sa nea Eae g aad 4 4 Tip Computers see gs ee a a ee 2 5 Trip odometer ss ccsa ee ee eee 2 4 Trunk access through the rearseat 1 6 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 10 Trunk light 2 ee ee eee 2 42 Turn signal switch ss scanere saa 2 25 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 24 v VANY MINON s g e e eid a ae Bae a 3 14 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 8 Vehicle electronic system 4 7 Vehicle identification 00 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 2 0 0 0000 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery 6 0 2 0000000 6 12 Vehicle security system 2 16 Vehic
300. s available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Front facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 pounds 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger
301. s disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SAT radio encoded within a regular SAT broad cast Currently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Program type PTY PTY can be used to search for a certain program type Certain areas have a limited number of stations that transmit RDS Many stations trans mit call letters and frequencies only Searching or scanning by program type may yield a limited number of selections When CAT RPT button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds during FM or SAT if so equipped mode the PTY name of the current tuned station is displayed During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE To change the PTY 1 Press the CAT RPT button 2 Press the TUNE FF REV amp or V up down button to chose a specific program type ROCK CLASSIC ROCK SOFT ROCK TOP 40 COUNTRY JAZZ CLASSICAL
302. s disconnected the electri cal supply interrupted and or some abnormality detected Use the following reset procedure to return sunroof operation to normal 1 From any sunroof position fully open par tially open closed partially vented or vented push and hold the tilt switch toward the lt gt position until the sunroof vents in the full up position The sunroof should now operate normally 2 40 Instruments and controls AWARNING e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing ACAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the sun roof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the sunroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the sunroof INTERIOR LIGHT WICO264 The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the center O position
303. s do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off 2 24 Instruments and controls AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others LICO392 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument cluster illuminates when the igni tion switch is in ON position The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the AUTO pa or 2 position Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru ment panel lights when driving at night The instrument brightness control will not adjust the brightness when the headlights or parking lights are off O 2 ve OO LIC0563 LIC0564 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 22 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To t
304. s frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs QR25DE 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the engine cover 3 Remove the coil pack bolt 4 Remove the coil pack spark plug boot from the spark plug 5 Remove the spark plugs with a spark plug socket The plug socket has a rubber seal that holds the spark plug so it does not fall when it is pulled out Make sure each spark plug is snugly fitted into the spark plug socket Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 6 Fit the new plugs one at a time into the spark plug socket and install them Use only the specified spark plugs Turn each plug several full turns by hand then tighten with the spark plug socket to the correct torque Do not overtighten Spark plug tightening torque 14 22 ft Ib 20 29 N m 7 Install the coil pack spark plug boot on the spark plug by pushing it on until you feel a snap 8 Install the coil pack bolt Coil pack tightening torque 48 65 in
305. s in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO457 WRS0252 Front Facing step 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Front Facing step 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21
306. s turned to ON modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip button on the steering wheel switch for audio controls or by the trip computer change button located near the speedometer The fol lowing modes can be selected Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or o C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature below 37 F 3 C the outside air temperature mode is automatically selected and ICY will illuminate in order to draw the driver s attention Press the trip or change 2 6 Instruments and controls button to toggle to the next mode if desired The ICY indicator will remain illuminated as long as the temperature remains below 39 F 4 C The ambient temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual ambient temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards Distance to empty dte mile or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly be ing calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the dte mo
307. se seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After the pre tensioner seat belts have activated load limiters allow the seat belt to release web bing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light AF will not come on will flash intermit tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual WRSO169 LRSO100 1 SRS air bag warning labels 2 SRS side air bag warning label if so equipped SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustratio
308. t When towing a trailer load of 1 000 Ibs 454 kg or more trailers with a brake system must be used LTI0164 The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving Pull to the side of the road to a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal op
309. t board seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations WRS0032 SSS0159 A WARNING When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SS0162 WRS0466 SRS curtain side impact air bag mod 4 Diagnosis sensor unit ules if so equipped 5 Supplemental front air bag modules SRS curtain side impact air bags if so 6 Crash zone sensor equipped 7 Occupant classification system control Supplemental side air bag modules if unit so equipped Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 8 Seat belt buckle switches on driver s and passenger s side 9 Occupant classification sensor pres sure sensor 10 Seat belt pre tensioner retractor 11 Side satellite sensor 12 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system fo
310. t belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as pos sible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly WRSO174 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 WRSO137 WRS0138 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is
311. t button 6 7 8 5 FM AM band select button 6 SAT satellite radio select button 7 CD eject button 8 PAUSE MUTE button 9 TUNE FF REV button nae 10 MENU CLOCK button MUTE 11 CAT RPT button 12 AUDIO button m eat Ma T 13 SCAN button TUNE 14 Station preset buttons coacnanoer FF REV 15 CD insert slot j 16 POWER VOL control knob 17 SEEK TRACK button AUDIO CLOCK No satellite radio reception is available a ae and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in 13 p 140 9 stalled and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam LHA0448 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 29 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER if so equipped No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam PWR VOL control knob Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position then push the PWR VOL control knob If you listen to the radio with the engine not running turn the key to the ACC position The mode radio CD or SAT if so equipped that was playing immediately before the system was turned of
312. tarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Fail ure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear bef
313. ter air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Airbags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 EXIGnOrtOntis cincivan aniseed aved ia hile Bh epee dae 0 3 Exterior Teatteri siene NEE REN an EE EREN 0 4 Passenger compartment ccc e eee eee eee 0 5 Instrument panel sissi csiis sdiri neureuy 0 6 Engine compartment check locations Warning indicator lights AIRBAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS Ki W 5 n EEEN k fl 11 i LI10068 0 2 Illustrated table of contents D 8 9 10 11 Top tether strap anchor P 1 25 Rear seat belts P 1 9 Supplemental curtain side impact air bags P 1 34 Supplemental side impact air bags P 1 34 Front head restraint P 1 7 P 1 8 Front seat belts P 1 9 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 34 Seats P 1 2 Occupant classification sensor pres sure sensor P 1 42 Seat belt pretensioners P 1 48 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 24 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details EXTERIOR FRONT 13 1110 9 L110044 10 11 12 13 Engine hood P 3 9 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 21 Replacing bul
314. ters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Technical and consumer information 9 5 Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule 9 6 Technical and consumer information Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change GASOLINE ENGINE OIL PREFERRED AT11028 RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all temperatures SAE 10W 30 or SAE 10W 40 viscosity oils may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 13
315. th corrosive acid 6 8 Incase of emergency PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing The three way catalyst may be damaged e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started At tempting to do so may cause transmis sion damage e For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park automatic transmission Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner if so equipped Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed
316. than one electrical accessory e Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery e Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAY if so equipped LICOQ692 The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Lift the lid to open Push the lighter in all the way When the lighter is heated it will spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use Pull out the ashtray to remove it This power outlet can also be used for powering electrical accessories such as cellular tele phones A CAUTION The cigarette lighter should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run n
317. the down side Shifts to lower range The transmission will automatically down shift the gears For example if you select the 3rd range the transmission will shift down between the 3rd and 1st gears Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession When canceling the manual shift mode Return the selector lever to the D position to return the transmission to the normal driving mode e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may shift up automatically to a higher range than selected if the en gine speed is too high When the ve hicle speed decreases the transmis sion automatically shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop LSD0024 LSD0127 Type A Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector lever release the shift lock The shift selector lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the ON position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To push the shift lock release complete the
318. the A C button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Push the gt button to the off position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the MAX A C or J position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the A C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the SY button to the on position indicator light on Be sure to return the lt button to the off position for normal cooling MAX A C may be used for quick cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Push the button to the off position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 4 Push the 4 C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the GY position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tio
319. the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so D Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Low windshield washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual M Seat belt warning light and or 5 chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition key is turned to the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied if so equipped For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions o
320. the engine hood Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0452 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only genuine NISSAN parts WDI0402 WDI0452 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Type A 4 Ifthe fuse is open replace it with a known good fuse 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT
321. the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings 9 16 Technical and consumer information TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this sec tion The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weigh
322. the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvert ently becoming unlatched e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if y
323. the training button on the garage door opener motor unit which may activate a training light NOTE Following step 2 there are 30 seconds in which to initiate step 3 3 Firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button a second time to com plete the training process Some garage door openers may require you to do this procedure a third time to complete the train ing The garage door opener should now recognize the HomeLink Universal Transceiver and acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed The remaining two buttons may now be programmed if not yet programmed follow steps 2 through 4 in the Programming HomeLink procedures earlier in this section REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just
324. tick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the PREV button is pushed the display will return to the previous display 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual AWARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to LHA0439 people or animals Adjust air flow direction for the driver side center 2 and passenger side ventilators by moving the ventilator slide and or ventilator as semblies e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Positioning of the heater and or air conditioner controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 11 if fa ayd We y w TF o BH WHA0470 Fan control dial Air recirculation button Temperature control dial Air flow cont
325. ties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared However to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds ROLLING CODE PROGRAMMING Rolling code garage door openers or other roll ing code devices which are code protected and manufactured after 1996 may be deter mined by the following Reference the garage door opener Owner s Manual for verification The hand held transmitter appears to pro gram the HomeLink Universal Transceiver but does not activate the garage door Press and hold the trained HomeLink but ton If the garage door opener has the rolling code feature the HomeLink indicator light will flash rapidly then remains on after 2 seconds To program the HomeLink Universal Transceiver to a garage door opener with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming HomeLink the aid of a sec ond person may make the following procedures quicker and easier 1 Locate the training button on the garage door opener motor unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the training button reference the garage door opener Owner s Manual 2 Press
326. to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front pas senger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause th
327. to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully APD1005 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Le If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle Come Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm 2006 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both
328. to prevent the keys from being acci dently locked inside the vehicle APD1010 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior light on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Some settings for the keyfob such as horn beep can be adjusted For vehicles without navigation system refer to Silencing the horn beep feature later in this section For vehicles with navigation system refer to Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section later in this manual Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfo
329. to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available which is compatible with the installed seat belts The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if an extender is required AWARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision
330. to the driver Move the lever forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 WRSO166 FOLDING REAR SEAT Interior trunk access The trunk can be accessed from the passenger side of the rear seat for loading and unloading as shown Push down on the button on the rear parcel shelf Fold down the passenger side seatback AWARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured Passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to c
331. ts from becoming projectiles causing injury in an accident or during a sudden stop LICO721 LICOQ694 If so equipped COVERED STORAGE BOX if so equipped Push the bottom center of the lid to open Instruments and controls 2 35 A LIC0748 GROCERY HOOKS if so equipped The grocery hooks are located in the trunk and can be used to hang a standard size plastic grocery bag A CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 20 Ibs 9 kg to a single grocery hook 2 36 Instruments and controls WIC0733 CARGO NET if so equipped AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Be sure to secure all four hooks into the retainers The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ibs 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured A CAUTION Do not strike the navigation system map DVD ROM player if so equipped while loading the trunk and do not place heavy objects on the player Doing so could cause improper operation or damage the system The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while the vehicle is in motion LICO802 To install the cargo net attach the net to the retainers To remove the cargo net detach the net from the cargo net retainers WINDOWS
332. ts with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery 2 22 Instruments and controls Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for 45 seconds after you turn the key to OFF and all doors are closed NOTE Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff is adjust able for vehicles with navigation system See Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section later in this manual To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition key to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for 5 minutes If another door is opened during the 5 minutes then the 5 minute timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF P4 or 2 position WIC0274 g LIC0562 Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor C located on the top side of the instrument panel
333. ttended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close the trunk lid and all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed or with the keyfob Keyfob operation Push the button on the keyfob All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked For vehicles with navigation system see Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section later in this manual For vehicles without navigation system see Si lencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section later in this manual Confirm that the secu
334. turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock the key cylinder AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury WSD0058 MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position On manual transmission models to turn the igni tion key to LOCK position from ACC or ON position turn the key to OFF push the key in then turn the key to LOCK In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Manual transmission model 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running
335. turn to the default settings SYSTEM SETTINGS Language Unit Clock Beep Setting LHA0262 CLOCK SETTINGS lt Hours gt lt Minutes gt 1010 GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust Daylight Savings Time Pacific Select Time Zone LHA0270 System settings Language Unit The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and push ing the ENTER button Language English or French Unit US mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the joystick and ENTER button 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Clock Adjusting the time Select the Hours or Minutes key and move the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time The time will change step by step After completion of the setting press the PREV button CLOCK SETTINGS 10 10 GPS Time 10 10 lt Hours gt lt Minutes gt Auto Adjust Daylight Savings Time Pacific Select Time Zone CLOCK SETTINGS Pacific 1010 lt Hours gt GPS Time 10 10 lt Minutes gt Auto Adjust Daylight Savings Time Select Time Zone LHA0271 LHA0272
336. ually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 5 6 Starting and driving STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure If the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when res
337. ure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the passenger air bag status light 2 may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger supplemental front air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Sup
338. ure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section LRS0454 BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT AWARNING NISSAN recommends that child restraints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger s seat to the rearmost position If you must install a booster seat in the front seat follow these steps 1 Move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be s
339. urely INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE AWARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk from the inside pull the illumi nated release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release handle is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the interior of the trunk lid Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 FUEL FILLER DOOR WPDO0290 LPDO189 OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door opener lever is located on the outside of the drivers seat To open the fuel filler door pull the opener lever up To lock close the fuel filler door securely 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive
340. urn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position if so equipped the head lights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the D position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected Instruments and controls 2 25 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH r LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic 2 26 Instruments and controls Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving HORN LIC0395 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel A WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air ba
341. urtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the curtain air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or cur tain air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 Pre tensioner seat belt system Front seats AWARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be re placed togeth
342. y Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual Ee High beam indicator light Blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated wine Malfunction indicator light SOON MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the TE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys tem inspection maintenance test See Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detect
343. your NISSAN dealer can confirm that it is working properly by using a special tool The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light A located in the meter and gauges area in the center of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front air bag precau tions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the supplemen tal front air bag inflates e Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized chan
344. your tires at high speed f use the following procedure This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions In case of emergency 6 11 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or ist low and R reverse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or ist and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h 5 If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle Rear AWARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle 6 12 Incase of emergency e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged A CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part
345. ys check with the Parts Depart ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 FRONT PARK TURN SIDEMARKER LIGHT Bulb replacement requires the removal of the headlight assembly If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb A CAUTION e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0262 WDI0232 Disconnect the negative battery cable Remove the two splash shield screws see illustration Position the splash shield aside to allow access to the fog light bulb Disconnect the fog light electrical connector Rotate the fog light bulb counterclockwise and pull it out of the fog light assembly Follow the instructions in reverse order to install a new bulb EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly Low Halogen 55 H1 Low Xenon special D2R High 60 HB3 9005 Park Turn 27 8 1157NA Front fog light 55 H11 Step light 158 Rear combination light Tail Stop 3157 Turn 3156 Backup reversing 912 Sidemarker 168 License plate light W5W High mounted stop light Inside 18 921 See a NISSAN dealer for assistance Spoiler if so equipped Interior light 8 M

Nissan 2006 Altima User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents